{"title":"Home Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal home decor\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix, a curated collection of decorative metal pieces for walls, shelves, entryways, and statement spaces. Designed in-house and finished in Black, White, and Gold, our home decor range covers wall art, functional accents, sculptures, candleholders, vases, and more, bringing precision-cut powder-coated galvanized metal character to living rooms, bedrooms, hallways, and outdoor patios.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWhat Is Metal Home Decor?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal home decor\u003c\/strong\u003e describes decorative pieces made primarily from laser-cut, powder-coated galvanized metal that bring industrial-meets-modern character to interior spaces. Compared with painted wood or printed canvas, metal decor reads sharper, ages slower, and pairs cleanly with both contemporary and rustic interiors. Examples include geometric wall sculptures, candleholders, decorative trays, vases, accent figurines, and tabletop pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal home decor is a broader category than racks or holders, focused on aesthetic and statement pieces rather than primary storage function. For storage-first products (towel racks, coat racks, umbrella stands), browse our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/racks-holders\"\u003eRacks \u0026amp; Holders\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eShop Metal Home Decor by Style and Room\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLiving rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sculptural accent pieces and geometric wall art for sofa walls and console tables. See \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eLiving Room Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHome offices:\u003c\/strong\u003e Minimalist wall accents that frame your workspace. See \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/office-wall-decor\"\u003eOffice Wall Decor\u003c\/a\u003e for the office wall-art pillar and \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/home-office\"\u003eHome Office Decor\u003c\/a\u003e for room-specific styling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedrooms and hallways:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smaller-scale pieces for accent walls, bedside surfaces, and entry consoles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoastal and seaside themes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-life sculptures, lighthouse motifs, and ocean-inspired wall art. See \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/sea-coast-metal-wall-art\"\u003eCoastal \u0026amp; Nautical Metal Wall Art\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarages and workshops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Car silhouettes and industrial-themed pieces. See \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/metal-car-silhouette\"\u003eMetal Car Silhouettes\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eWall Art, Functional Decor, and Accent Pieces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Grandmix metal home decor range includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatement wall art:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large-format sculptural pieces for feature walls. The full range is in our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/wall-decor-wall-art\"\u003eMetal Wall Art\u003c\/a\u003e mega-collection.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTabletop accents:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vases, sculptures, decorative figures, and tray sets that anchor coffee tables and consoles.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctional pieces with decor value:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coat racks and entryway organizers in distinctive silhouettes, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/wall-mounted-coat-racks\"\u003eWall-Mounted Coat Racks\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCandleholders and lanterns:\u003c\/strong\u003e Geometric and sculptural designs for ambient lighting and table styling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eHow to Choose the Right Metal Decor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubject matter:\u003c\/strong\u003e minimalist geometric works in modern interiors; rustic or industrial silhouettes in farmhouse or loft styles; nature, animal, or coastal motifs in transitional homes.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScale matches surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e tabletop pieces 8–18 inches; gallery-wall art 16–32 inches; statement pieces 32–55+ inches.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish coordinates with palette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black for graphic contrast and modern interiors, White for crisp Scandinavian or coastal looks, Gold for warm Mediterranean or Art Deco styling.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix media thoughtfully:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal pieces work well when given breathing room from other strong textures, one statement metal piece per wall, balanced with softer materials elsewhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch2\u003eMaterials, Finishes, and Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal\u003c\/strong\u003e is more humidity-resistant than unfinished bare metal and holds its color better than painted alternatives. Indoor and covered outdoor styling are both suitable; for direct rain or pool spray, keep pieces in covered locations and dust occasionally with a soft cloth. For wall-mounted pieces, mounting hardware is included; for concrete, brick, plaster, or drywall, use wall anchors appropriate to your wall type and the piece's weight.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between metal home decor and racks\/holders?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHome decor is broader and aesthetic-first, sculptural wall art, accent tabletop pieces, candleholders, and statement objects. \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/racks-holders\"\u003eRacks \u0026amp; Holders\u003c\/a\u003e are storage-first, towel racks, coat racks, umbrella stands, and similar functional items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does metal home decor work well at home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room walls, console tables, home office accent walls, bedroom focal points, and entryway styling. For room-by-room ideas, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/living-room\"\u003eLiving Room\u003c\/a\u003e; for office-focused walls, start with \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/office-wall-decor\"\u003eOffice Wall Decor\u003c\/a\u003e and use \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/home-office\"\u003eHome Office\u003c\/a\u003e for residential workspace styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs metal decor suitable for outdoor patios?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is suitable for indoor and covered outdoor styling. For pieces planned for direct rain or salt spray, choose covered locations and rinse periodically with fresh water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose between coastal and other styles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor seaside or vacation-home atmosphere, see our \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/sea-coast-metal-wall-art\"\u003eCoastal \u0026amp; Nautical Metal Wall Art\u003c\/a\u003e sub-collection. For office, study, or creative spaces, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/office-wall-decor\"\u003eOffice Wall Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these pieces designed by Grandmix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEvery piece in this collection is designed in-house by Grandmix. Free shipping to the United States, United Kingdom, European countries, and Canada. 30-day returns. See our shipping and refund policies for current details.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ch2\u003eExplore More Grandmix Collections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor broader wall art, browse the full \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/wall-decor-wall-art\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e mega-collection. For storage-first products, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/racks-holders\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRacks \u0026amp; Holders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. For coastal-specific decor, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/sea-coast-metal-wall-art\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoastal \u0026amp; Nautical Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e. For garage and automotive styling, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/metal-car-silhouette\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Car Silhouettes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"wall-mounted-tree-shaped-coat-rack","title":"Tree Shaped Coat Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eTree Shaped Coat Rack adds functional wall storage for entryways, mudrooms, and hallway walls while keeping the design decorative. The \u003cstrong\u003eTree Shaped Coat Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wall-mounted vertical silhouette of a leafless tree. Branches act as 6, 8, or 10 hooks depending on size, while the slim profile keeps the floor entirely clear. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical tree silhouette doubles as wall art:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike basic horizontal hook strips that read as pure storage, the leafless-tree silhouette reads first as decor (a focal piece above an entryway bench or beside a console table) and second as functional hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 0.7-inch wall standoff stays out of walkways:\u003c\/strong\u003e The narrow profile sits close to the wall, so coats and jackets project the depth, not the rack itself. This helps in apartment hallways and tight foyers where every inch of clearance matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree heights for different households:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24-inch (6 hooks), 32-inch (8 hooks), or 40-inch (10 hooks). Pick the size that matches household coat volume without overkill or undersizing for a busy family entryway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three sizes: 24 in \/ 60 cm H × 6 in \/ 15 cm W (6 hooks); 32 in \/ 80 cm H × 6 in \/ 15 cm W (8 hooks); 40 in \/ 100 cm H × 6 in \/ 15 cm W (10 hooks). Stands 0.7 in \/ 1.7 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6, 8, or 10 hooks depending on size; holds coats, jackets, hats, scarves, bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 × 20 mm and 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated galvanized metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb (Size 1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, hallway, foyer, mudroom, bedroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted tree-shaped coat rack (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two top mounting hole positions on the wall using a level. The rack ships with two integrated wall-mount holes at the top of the trunk silhouette. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws via the back-mounted brackets. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats and bags does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack offers 6, 8, or 10 hook positions depending on size selected. Each branch hook comfortably holds a coat, jacket, scarf, or bag; lighter items like hats or umbrellas can share a single branch. Distribute heavier coats across multiple branches for balanced load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well; entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 6 Hook-24H # 6 Hook-60H","offer_id":45430109208874,"sku":"RCK-0099-BK-6","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 8 Hook-32H # 8 Hook-80H","offer_id":45430109307178,"sku":"RCK-0099-BK-8","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 10Hook-40H # 10Hook-100H","offer_id":45430109405482,"sku":"RCK-0099-BK-10","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 6 Hook-24H # 6 Hook-60H","offer_id":45430109274410,"sku":"RCK-0099-WH-6","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 8 Hook-32H # 8 Hook-80H","offer_id":45430109372714,"sku":"RCK-0099-WH-8","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 10Hook-40H # 10Hook-100H","offer_id":45430109471018,"sku":"RCK-0099-WH-10","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 6 Hook-24H # 6 Hook-60H","offer_id":45430109241642,"sku":"RCK-0099-GD-6","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 8 Hook-32H # 8 Hook-80H","offer_id":45430109339946,"sku":"RCK-0099-GD-8","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 10Hook-40H # 10Hook-100H","offer_id":45430109438250,"sku":"RCK-0099-GD-10","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wall-mounted-tree-shaped-coat-rack-home-entryway_1.jpg?v=1762457702"},{"product_id":"metal-slippers-and-shoe-rack","title":"Metal Slippers and Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal Slippers and Shoe Rack keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Slippers and Shoe Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a low-profile freestanding rack that keeps 3 pairs of adult slippers neatly aligned on a flat metal pipe frame. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 17 in \/ 43 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 4-inch profile fits under console tables:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike taller multi-tier shoe racks that crowd the hallway, the 6-inch height tucks under entryway consoles, benches, or wall hooks, giving visible storage without dominating the sightline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen metal pipe lets slippers air out:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike enclosed shoe cabinets that trap moisture, the open pipe frame lets slippers ventilate naturally between uses, which is important for everyday-worn house slippers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal pipe frame ships ready to use. Place it on the entryway floor and load slippers, with no tools, no anchors, and no assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 17 in \/ 43 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway floor, hallway, mudroom, under console table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding metal slippers and shoe rack (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway. The metal pipe frame ships assembled and stable, with no tools, no anchoring, and no assembly required. Load slippers from above; the open frame lets each pair ventilate between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 3 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single linear row. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces (tile, wood, or stone), even when loaded with 3 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best in the home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBest in entryway floors, hallways, mudrooms, beside the bedroom door, or under a console table. The slim 4-inch depth profile keeps walkways clear in narrow corridors; the 17-inch width fits beside most front doors. Use the listed shelf or tier count to match the number of pairs you store most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209410519338,"sku":"RCK-0091-BK","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209410552106,"sku":"RCK-0091-WH","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209410584874,"sku":"RCK-0091-GD","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/metal-slippers-and-shoe-rack-decor-1.jpg?v=1762457708"},{"product_id":"slipper-storage","title":"Slipper Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eSlipper Storage gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eSlipper Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e rack from Grandmix is a compact freestanding holder with a curved metal pipe frame, sized for 2 pairs of adult slippers. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 7 in \/ 23 cm H × 15 in \/ 38 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved frame reads as decor, not utility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike straight-bar racks that look purely functional, the curved metal pipe silhouette adds visual softness, fitting beside bedside tables, under benches, or in guest rooms without looking like garage storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 2-pair footprint for tight spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized intentionally for couples' or small-household everyday slippers. Narrower than 3+ pair racks, it is easier to position in studio apartments, guest powder rooms, or beside-bed placements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal pipe frame ships ready to use. Place it where slippers actually get worn (bedside, entryway, or guest room) without tools or anchors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 7 in \/ 23 cm H × 15 in \/ 38 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm curved metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bedside, guest bedroom, compact entryway, studio apartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding curved-frame slipper storage rack (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface where slippers get worn, such as bedside, entryway, or guest room. The curved metal pipe frame ships assembled and stable, with no tools, no anchoring, and no assembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 2 pairs of standard adult slippers in a side-by-side row. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces such as tile, wood, or stone, even when loaded with 2 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest beside the bed for nightly slipper changes, in guest bedrooms, beside the front door for one or two pairs of indoor slippers, or in compact entryways where larger 3+ pair racks would crowd. Works in studio apartments and small spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209410421034,"sku":"RCK-0090-BK","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209410453802,"sku":"RCK-0090-WH","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209410486570,"sku":"RCK-0090-GD","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/slipper-storage-with-plant.jpg?v=1762457708"},{"product_id":"modern-vinyl-record","title":"Modern Vinyl Record","description":"\u003cp\u003eModern Vinyl Record gives everyday rooms a clearer focal point without overcomplicating the room. The \u003cstrong\u003eModern Vinyl Record Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a geometric metal magazine and record holder with an angled silhouette, sized for about 30 magazines or a comparable mix of vinyl sleeves, hardcover books, and files. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at approximately 12 in \/ 30 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 6.4 in \/ 16 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled geometric frame doubles as decor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike basic upright magazine baskets that read as office storage, the angled metal silhouette adds an architectural line to the room. It works as a sculptural piece in living rooms, study corners, and reception areas while still doing the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds about 30 magazines, plus vinyl, books, and files:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide enough at 16 inches to hold standard 12-inch vinyl sleeves upright, deep enough for hardcover books, and tall enough for stacked magazines or A4 files. One rack covers reading material, records, and reference.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing on a flat floor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships in two parts that assemble in minutes. Place it on the floor near a sofa, desk, or reading chair, with no wall anchors and no permanent fixtures, easy to relocate when the room layout changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 12 in \/ 30 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 6.4 in \/ 16 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 30 magazines, or a comparable mix of vinyl sleeves, hardcover books, and files\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 4 kg \/ 8.8 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (ships in two parts; minor assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room beside the sofa, study corner, home office, reception area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModern Vinyl Record metal rack (ships in two parts, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnecting hardware for two-part assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbox the two metal sections and join them using the included hardware, typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. Place the assembled rack on a flat floor near a sofa, reading chair, or desk. Load magazines flat-stacked, vinyl sleeves upright, and books between for a layered look. The open metal frame keeps each item visible at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots, use a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does it actually hold (magazines, vinyl, or books)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAll three. The 16-inch width fits standard 12-inch vinyl sleeves upright; the depth and slot profile suit stacked magazines, A4 files, and hardcover books. Capacity is about 30 magazines or the equivalent mix, fewer if you load thicker books or vinyl sleeves with gatefolds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs assembly required?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLight assembly. The rack ships in two parts that connect with included hardware, typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. Once joined, the metal pipe frame is rigid and free-standing; no anchoring needed on flat floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best in the home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest beside a sofa, reading chair, study desk, or in a home office or reception nook. The slim 6.4-inch depth keeps walkways clear; the geometric silhouette suits modern, mid-century, and minimalist interiors. Avoid placing it where moisture is heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or fixtures for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and maintain it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated metal frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, use a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209406095658,"sku":"OTH-0004-BK","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209406128426,"sku":"OTH-0004-WH","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49214452498730,"sku":"OTH-0004-GD","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-book-rack-minimalist.jpg?v=1762457711"},{"product_id":"umbrella-stand","title":"Compact Metal Umbrella Stand for Entryway: Minimalist Black Umbrella Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003eCompact Metal Umbrella Stand for Entryway keeps umbrellas upright near the entry while adding a cleaner metal accent. The \u003cstrong\u003eCompact Metal Umbrella Stand\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a free-standing umbrella holder designed for small entryways, apartment foyers, narrow hallways, and tight wall-side spaces. The slim 17.7\" H × 7.8\" W × 3.9\" D (45 × 20 × 10 cm) profile fits where larger floor-standing stands don't. Powder-coated 2 mm galvanized metal construction holds 2-4 standard umbrellas (or 4-6 compact\/folding umbrellas) in Black, White, or Gold finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlimmest 3.9\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shallowest profile in our umbrella stand collection. It fits next to front doors, narrow consoles, or shoe storage benches without cluttering the entryway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-frame ventilation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Horizontal slat structure provides airflow around the umbrellas, helping wet umbrellas dry between uses faster than enclosed designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnclosed bottom drip tray:\u003c\/strong\u003e Catches drips from wet umbrellas, helping keep floors and entryway rugs drier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing, no drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place against a wall or beside a door; no wall mounting or assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.7\" H × 7.8\" W × 3.9\" D (45 × 20 × 10 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-4 standard umbrellas or 4-6 compact\/folding umbrellas (also fits walking sticks and canes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 mm powder-coated galvanized metal; finish in Black, White, or Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 kg \/ 6.6 lb; max load 8 kg \/ 17.6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing (place on a flat floor; best against a wall for added stability)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact metal umbrella stand (assembled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand ships fully assembled. Place on a flat floor in your entryway, foyer, hallway, or beside the front door. For added stability, position against a wall or in a corner. The 3.9-inch depth fits in tight spots; the 7.8-inch width holds multiple umbrellas while staying compact. No tools, hardware, or assembly steps required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder-coated finish is more humidity-resistant than unfinished bare metal and suitable for indoor use; it tolerates covered outdoor placements (porches, balconies, screened entrances). Shake umbrellas off before placing them in the stand to reduce moisture buildup. Wipe the bottom tray occasionally to remove drips. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many umbrellas does this compact stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n2-4 standard umbrellas, or 4-6 compact\/folding umbrellas, depending on canopy size. Walking sticks and canes also fit comfortably. For golf umbrellas or larger umbrella collections, our 24-inch tall umbrella stand range offers more capacity in deeper footprints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a drainage tray for wet umbrellas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The bottom is enclosed to catch drips from wet umbrellas, helping keep wood floors and entryway rugs drier. Wipe the tray occasionally with a soft cloth to keep it clean; for heavy rain days, dump accumulated water before storing dry umbrellas inside again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it stable for tall folding umbrellas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 7.8-inch wide base provides a stable footing for typical umbrella loads, including tall folding umbrellas. For best stability, position the stand against a wall; this is recommended for compact stands carrying taller or heavier umbrellas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use; it tolerates covered outdoor placements like porches, balconies, and screened entrances. For direct rain or salt-spray exposure, choose covered locations and wipe dry after heavy rain or moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The stand ships fully assembled, with no tools, hardware, or assembly steps required. Unbox, place on a flat floor near your front door, and start using it immediately. The drip tray is pre-installed and ready for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209405997354,"sku":"OTH-0003-BK","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209406030122,"sku":"OTH-0003-WH","price":229.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209406062890,"sku":"OTH-0003-GD","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-umbrella-stand-hallway.jpg?v=1762457712"},{"product_id":"metal-shelf-for-slippers","title":"Metal Shelf for Slippers","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal Shelf for Slippers gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Shelf for Slippers\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wider freestanding rack designed for 4 pairs in a single line, with extra capacity without adding a second tier. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 18 in \/ 45 cm W × 4.8 in \/ 12 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider 18-inch footprint for 4-pair households:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike basic 2-3 pair racks that overflow in family households, the 18-inch width holds 4 pairs side-by-side, covering a couple, two kids, or weekday\/weekend rotation without stacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-tier keeps slippers visible at a glance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike tiered racks that hide bottom-row slippers, the single-row layout shows every pair, so you can pick the right slipper without crouching or moving others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 6-inch height for sub-console placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e The low profile fits under entryway consoles, hall benches, or wall hooks, adding storage without adding visual clutter or blocking the lower shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 18 in \/ 45 cm W × 4.8 in \/ 12 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway under console, family mudroom, hallway, shared apartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding 4-pair metal slipper shelf (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway, ideally under a console table or wall bench for layered storage. The metal pipe frame ships assembled and stable, with no tools, no anchoring, and no assembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 4 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single 4-pair linear row. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces (tile, wood, or stone), even when loaded with 4 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest in entryways with a console or bench above, hallway floors, family mudrooms, or shared apartments where multiple pairs of slippers accumulate. The 18-inch width fits beside most front doors and under standard entryway furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209405899050,"sku":"RCK-0086-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209405931818,"sku":"RCK-0086-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209405964586,"sku":"RCK-0086-GD","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/metal-shelf-for-slippers-min.jpg?v=1762457712"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-horizontal-shoe-rack","title":"Wall Mounted Horizontal Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eWall Mounted Horizontal Shoe Rack keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eWall Mounted Horizontal Shoe Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a 3-shelf wall stack that keeps shoes off the floor and lets them dry between uses, with a slim 6-inch deep profile that frees walking space in narrow entries, mudrooms, and apartment foyers. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) with a single shelf size of 5×16×10 in (13×40×25 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims entryway floor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike free-standing shoe racks that occupy a square foot of valuable entry floor, the wall-mounted profile keeps the floor clear for walking, vacuuming, and foot traffic. This is useful in narrow hallways, apartment foyers, or compact mudrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-shelf design lets wet shoes dry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike closed cubbies that trap moisture and odor, the open metal shelves let air circulate around shoes, which is practical for wet boots, athletic shoes, and wet shoes after rainy days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 independently-mounted shelves for flexible spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike fixed-spacing tower racks, you can space the 3 shelves to match your wall layout: closer for flats and sneakers, wider for boots and tall heels, or distributed across a long entryway wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePer-shelf dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\" H × 16\" W × 10\" D (13 × 40 × 25 cm); 3 shelves ship as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 9 pairs total across 3 shelves (3 pairs per shelf, depending on shoe size); men's sizes 11+ may fit fewer per slot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm powder-coated galvanized metal pipe, welded, electrostatic coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold (Gold finish $10 higher)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight (per shelf):\u003c\/strong\u003e About 1.7 kg \/ 3.7 lb; 5 kg \/ 11 lb total set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted via integrated keyhole brackets; mounting screws and anchors are included. Use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, mudroom, hallway, closet, garage, gym entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 wall-mounted shelves (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors (one set per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Hang and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the keyhole spacing on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes, insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws in until the screw heads stand slightly proud of the wall. Hang each shelf by aligning the back-mounted brackets over the screw heads. Recommended mounting height for the lowest shelf is 6 to 10 inches above the floor; space additional shelves 8 to 12 inches apart depending on the tallest shoe height (boots vs. flats). Install takes about 15 minutes per shelf with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and incidental dirt. For wet shoe drips on the shelves, dry the surface promptly with a clean cloth. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The rack is designed for indoor use (entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets); for screened porches or covered entries, wipe down after heavy moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs does each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAbout 3 pairs per shelf depending on shoe size, so up to 9 pairs across the full 3-shelf set. Men's sizes 11+ may fit fewer per slot; women's flats and children's shoes can stack more compactly with smaller pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat walls and hardware does it work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws and anchors are included, but use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight. For tile, plaster, or masonry walls, swap to wall-specific anchors rated for the load. Use the listed shelf or tier count to match the number of pairs you store most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far apart should I space the shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor flats, sneakers, and slip-ons, 8 to 10 inches between shelves works well. For tall boots, ankle boots, or high heels, allow 12 to 14 inches. The lowest shelf typically sits 6 to 10 inches above the floor for easy reach and floor cleaning underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor placement on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use (entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets). For covered outdoor placements like screened porches, occasional use is acceptable; for direct rain or pool-deck spray, choose covered locations and wipe dry after exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the shelves and frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame and shelves with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots from shoe rubber or wet drips, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive detergent works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209405800746,"sku":"RCK-0085-BK","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209405833514,"sku":"RCK-0085-WH","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209405866282,"sku":"RCK-0085-GD","price":209.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wall-mounted-horizontal-shoe-rack-entryway-2.jpg?v=1762457714"},{"product_id":"romantic-lying-couple-metal-line-wall-art","title":"Romantic Lying Couple Line Art Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Line Art Style Bedroom Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eRomantic Lying Couple Metal Line sets a clear visual theme for living rooms, offices, and gallery walls through a wall-mounted metal silhouette. The \u003cstrong\u003eRomantic Lying Couple Metal Line Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut single-line continuous-contour silhouette of an intertwined couple: minimal linework that reads as intimate and modern, ideal above a master bed or in a master en-suite. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContinuous-contour minimalism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-line silhouette reads as design-school figurative art, with no photo-realistic literalism, just elegant flowing linework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBedroom-appropriate scale options:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-inch fits a queen-bed wall, 39 to 47 inches works above a king or California king.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Indoor humidity is no concern. The powder-coated galvanized base handles bedroom and bathroom exposure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 14 in \/ 46 x 35 cm; 24 x 18 in \/ 61 x 46 cm; 32 x 24 in \/ 81 x 61 cm; 39 x 29 in \/ 99 x 74 cm; 47 x 35 in \/ 119 x 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRomantic Lying Couple Metal Line Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, since the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMaster bedroom feature walls above the headboard, en-suite bathroom accent walls, intimate dining nooks, and reading-corner displays all suit this design. The flowing single-line silhouette pairs especially well with linen or velvet bedding palettes, soft-warm lighting, and minimal supporting decor that lets the linework breathe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight: drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable. Powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209384993066,"sku":"WA-0178-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209385025834,"sku":"WA-0178-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209385058602,"sku":"WA-0178-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209385091370,"sku":"WA-0178-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209385124138,"sku":"WA-0178-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209385156906,"sku":"WA-0178-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209385189674,"sku":"WA-0178-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209385222442,"sku":"WA-0178-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209385255210,"sku":"WA-0178-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209385287978,"sku":"WA-0178-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/romantic-couple-bedroom-wall-art.jpg?v=1762457731"},{"product_id":"mountain-and-forest-metal-wall-arts","title":"Mountain and Forest Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Forest Silhouette","description":"\u003cp\u003eMountain and Forest adds a laser-cut metal focal point for living rooms, bedrooms, and covered outdoor walls, with a cleaner presence than a flat print. The \u003cstrong\u003eMountain and Forest Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut mountain-and-pine landscape in powder-coated galvanized metal, taller-format cutwork that reads as a statement-piece composition rather than printed wallpaper. Available in 10 sizes across Black, White, and dual-tone White Mountain with Black Forest finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLayered mountain and pine landscape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mountains, ridges, and pine trees in cut-metal layers create depth no flat print can match, light passing across the surface throws moving shadow patterns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTen sizes from accent to gallery wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-inch compact accent to 110-inch gallery-wall feature, pick by available wall width and viewing distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, mountain-cabin placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered patio is fine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ten sizes (H × W): 18 x 12 in \/ 46 x 31 cm; 24 x 16 in \/ 61 x 41 cm; 32 x 21 in \/ 81 x 54 cm; 40 x 27 in \/ 99 x 66 cm; 47 x 32 in \/ 119 x 80 cm; 55 x 37 in \/ 140 x 93 cm; 63 x 42 in \/ 160 x 107 cm; 79 x 53 in \/ 201 x 134 cm; 95 x 64 in \/ 241 x 161 cm; 110 x 74 in \/ 280 x 187 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, White Mountain with Black Forest (dual-tone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at smallest; sizes 47-inch and above ship in two-piece sections to prevent transit damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMountain and Forest Metal Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; the dual-tone White Mountain with Black Forest option pairs well with two-tone walls and contrasting furniture finishes. Check the size guide before ordering so the piece fits the wall span, furniture scale, and viewing distance you have in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209298420010,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209298682154,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209298878762,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 40 x 27 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209298911530,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-40","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 47 x 32 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209298944298,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 55 x 37 # 140 x 93","offer_id":49209298977066,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 63 x 42 # 160 x 107","offer_id":49209299009834,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 79 x 53 # 201 x 134","offer_id":49209299042602,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-79","price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 95 x 64 # 241 x 161","offer_id":49209299075370,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-95","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 110 x 74 # 280  x 187","offer_id":49209299108138,"sku":"WA-0112-WHBK-11","price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209299140906,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209299173674,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209299206442,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 40 x 27 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209299239210,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-40","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 32 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209299271978,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 37 # 140 x 93","offer_id":49209299304746,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 63 x 42 # 160 x 107","offer_id":49209299337514,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 79 x 53 # 201 x 134","offer_id":49209299370282,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-79","price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 95 x 64 # 241 x 161","offer_id":49209299403050,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-95","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 110 x 74 # 280  x 187","offer_id":49209299435818,"sku":"WA-0112-BK-11","price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209299468586,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209299501354,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209299534122,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 40 x 27 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209299566890,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-40","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 32 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209299599658,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 55 x 37 # 140 x 93","offer_id":49209299632426,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 63 x 42 # 160 x 107","offer_id":49209299665194,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 79 x 53 # 201 x 134","offer_id":49209299697962,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-79","price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 95 x 64 # 241 x 161","offer_id":49209299730730,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-95","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 110 x 74 # 280  x 187","offer_id":49209299763498,"sku":"WA-0112-WH-11","price":699.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/mountain-and-forest-metal-wall-art-blue-wall_47cdd7d5-2515-4731-921f-38a74094780f.webp?v=1762457781"},{"product_id":"foldable-wooden-luggage-rack","title":"Foldable Wooden Luggage Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eFoldable Wooden Luggage Rack gives guest rooms, rentals, and hotel-style bedrooms a raised place for suitcases without turning the floor into storage. The \u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Wooden Luggage Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix uses a solid beech wood frame with woven cloth straps to hold a full-size suitcase off the floor, warm, decorative, and folds flat between stays. Available in Natural Beech at Approximately 24 in \/ 60 cm H × 23.2 in \/ 58 cm W × 16 in \/ 40 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid beech frame reads as decor, not utility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike powder-coated metal racks that announce themselves as luggage storage, the natural beech wood ties to wood headboards, dressers, or floors in guest bedrooms, hotels, and country-style interiors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds full-size cases up to 80 kg \/ 176 lb:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 16-inch-deep top accepts most international check-in cases. The four solid beech legs distribute the load and stay flat on wood, tile, or low-pile rug surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds flat for behind-the-door storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Between guests, the legs scissor-fold so the rack slides behind a closet door, under a bed, or beside a wardrobe, opens back up in seconds for the next stay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 24 in \/ 60 cm H × 23.2 in \/ 58 cm W × 16 in \/ 40 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 80 kg \/ 176 lb when used on a flat, level floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 × 40 mm solid beech wood frame with woven cloth straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural Beech\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3 kg \/ 6.6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light assembly, frame folds open in seconds; cloth straps pre-attached to the beech rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Guest bedroom, hotel suite, short-term rental, country-style or coastal interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable wooden luggage rack with cloth straps (beech frame, ships flat-folded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLift the rack from the box and unfold the four beech legs until the frame stands stable. The cloth straps are pre-attached to the beech rails, no tools, no hardware. Place the rack on a flat floor near the bed or wardrobe, then load the suitcase with its weight resting evenly across the strap field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the beech frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a barely damp cloth works on the wood and woven straps; dry immediately. Treat the beech with a wood-friendly conditioner once or twice a year if the room is very dry. The unit is designed for indoor use; keep it away from direct sunlight, radiators, or prolonged moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe beech frame and woven cloth straps are rated for up to 80 kg \/ 176 lb, which covers most carry-on and full-size checked hardshell or softside cases. Place the suitcase so its weight rests evenly across the strap field rather than on a single strap; the beech rails distribute the load across the four legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor when loaded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe wide foldable base sits flat on a flat, level floor and supports up to 80 kg \/ 176 lb when loaded. Unfold the four beech legs fully; place the suitcase centered across the woven cloth straps for even weight distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it fold for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe legs scissor-fold flat. Lift the rack, swing the leg pairs together, and the frame collapses to a slim profile that slides behind a closet door, under a bed, or beside a dresser. The 3 kg unit re-opens in seconds before the next guest arrives, no tools, no re-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere in the home does the wooden version work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest in guest bedrooms, boutique hotel suites, short-term rentals, and country-style or coastal interiors where natural wood ties to nearby beams, headboards, or wood floors. Position it near the bed for easy unpacking; fold it flat and store behind a closet door or under a bed between stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for the beech wood frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. Spot-clean marks with a barely damp cloth and dry immediately. Once or twice a year, treat the beech with a wood-friendly conditioner if the room is very dry. Keep away from direct sunlight, radiators, or prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49209285116202,"sku":"RCK-0068","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/folding-luggage-rack-in-beech.jpg?v=1762458176"},{"product_id":"elevated-black-metal-firewood-rack","title":"Elevated Black Metal Firewood Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Elevated Black Metal Firewood Rack is a raised metal log holder for fireplaces, living rooms, cabins, garages, and covered hearth areas. Its lifted frame separates the wood stack from the floor, making the hearth area easier to sweep while giving the stored logs a cleaner visual base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from powder-coated galvanized metal, the rack is finished for indoor use, garage storage, covered patios, and outdoor fireplace zones. The elevated profile works well where bark, dust, and small wood fragments need to stay easier to manage. For more visual log-storage designs, see \u003ca href=\"\/en-au\/collections\/decorative-firewood-racks\"\u003eDecorative Firewood Racks\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated legs lift logs off the floor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated leg base raises split logs 6 inches above the hearth, so air circulates beneath the stack, reducing trapped moisture from cold concrete or tile floors that can affect newly seasoned logs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier hearth cleaning beneath the rack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sweep or vacuum directly under the rack without moving it. The open space below clears bark, dust, and ash debris that normally accumulates around floor-flush racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes scale with seasonal burn cycle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-inch fits a small living-room hearth; 60-inch handles regular winter use. Pick by ceiling clearance and typical log volume.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three sizes (H × W × D): 40 × 18 × 10 in \/ 100 × 45 × 25 cm; 48 × 18 × 10 in \/ 120 × 45 × 25 cm; 60 × 18 × 10 in \/ 150 × 45 × 25 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard fireplace-cut split logs raised off the floor on elevated legs; the largest size holds approximately 25-35 split logs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal, vertical frame with elevated leg base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 6 kg \/ 13.2 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing, with no mounting hardware required; sits flat on the floor or hearth on a flat, level surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlacement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room hearth, fireplace nook, family room, sunroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree-standing elevated black metal firewood rack (size as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the unit flat on the floor next to the fireplace or hearth on a level surface. Load the largest split logs at the bottom for a low center of gravity, then stack medium logs above for stability. Distribute weight evenly across the frame, and avoid loading heavily on one side. No tools or mounting hardware are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and bark debris. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. Designed for indoor placement next to the fireplace or hearth; covered porch use is acceptable on a flat, level surface, so rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry. The powder-coated galvanized metal finish is rust-resistant and water-resistant for indoor rooms, garages, covered patios, and outdoor fireplace areas. Wipe the surface clean after heavy exposure and follow any model-specific mounting or care guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many logs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned for fireplace-cut split logs 14 to 18 inches long. The 40-inch unit holds 15 to 22 logs; the 48-inch holds 18 to 28; the 60-inch holds 25 to 35 split logs depending on diameter. Distribute weight evenly across the elevated base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow stable is it when fully loaded?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe wide footprint distributes weight across the base when placed on a flat, level floor. For stable balance, distribute logs evenly rather than stacking heavily on one side, and stack the largest splits at the bottom for a low center of gravity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall are the legs and do they damage flooring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe integrated legs lift the rack base approximately 6 inches above the floor with broad foot pads that distribute weight without point-loading. The Black powder-coat foot pads sit gently on hardwood, tile, or stone hearth surfaces. For protection on softer wood floors, consider felt pads under each foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Black finish maintained?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack powder-coat handles standard indoor humidity and log contact well. Wipe the frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber regularly to remove dust and bark fragments. For sticky resin spots from sappy logs, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive cleaners that can dull the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the firewood rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust and bark debris. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray promptly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"40 x 18 x 10 # 100 x 45 x 25","offer_id":49209283445034,"sku":"RCK-0062-40","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48 x 18 x 10 # 120 x 45 x 25","offer_id":49209283543338,"sku":"RCK-0062-48","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60 x 18 x 10 # 150 x 45 x 25","offer_id":49209283576106,"sku":"RCK-0062-60","price":299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black_firewood_rack_with_bottom_plate_holder_c201774e-a910-43cb-8497-478c33a5f99a.jpg?v=1755841374"},{"product_id":"handmade-minimalist-coat-rack","title":"Handmade Minimalist Coat Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eHandmade Minimalist Coat Rack gives coats, bags, and small carry items a clearer place near the door. The \u003cstrong\u003eHandmade Minimalist Coat Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a horizontal metal-pipe bar with welded hooks at regular intervals, pure utility shaped as quiet decor. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) across 3 sizes for 3, 5, or 7 hooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStripped-down horizontal pipe is the silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike themed coat racks with bird, tree, or letter motifs, the minimalist pipe-and-hook bar competes with nothing on the wall, works in modern, Scandinavian, industrial, and minimalist interiors where added ornament would clash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-inch projection from the wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e Coats hang on the hooks rather than forward off a tree-style branch, the slim depth keeps the rack close to the wall and out of walkway clearance in tight hallways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes scale by household:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-inch (3 hooks) for entry corners or single-person flats; 19-inch (5 hooks) for couples; 28-inch (7 hooks) for family entryways, pick by the typical hung-item count rather than wall span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three sizes (H × W × D): 6 × 10 × 3 in \/ 15 × 25 × 8 cm (3 hooks); 6 × 19 × 3 in \/ 15 × 48 × 8 cm (5 hooks); 8 × 28 × 3 in \/ 20 × 70 × 8 cm (7 hooks). Slim 3-in profile from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3, 5, or 7 hooks depending on size, coats, jackets, hats, bags, scarves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated galvanized metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb (Size 2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern entryway, hallway, bedroom, office, bathroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted minimalist metal coat rack (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has back-mounted brackets behind the pipe. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n3 hooks (10-inch wide), 5 hooks (19-inch wide), or 7 hooks (28-inch wide). Each welded hook is sized for everyday coats, jackets, scarves, and bags. Mount into a stud or use anchors rated for your wall material to spread the load safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 3 Hook-10W # 3 Hook-25","offer_id":47131437170986,"sku":"RCK-0024-BK-3","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 5 Hook-19W # 5 Hook-48","offer_id":47131437302058,"sku":"RCK-0024-BK-5","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 7 Hook-28W # 7 Hook-70","offer_id":47131437400362,"sku":"RCK-0024-BK-7","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 3 Hook-10W # 3 Hook-25","offer_id":47131437236522,"sku":"RCK-0024-WH-3","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 5 Hook-19W # 5 Hook-48","offer_id":47131437367594,"sku":"RCK-0024-WH-5","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 7 Hook-28W # 7 Hook-70","offer_id":47131437465898,"sku":"RCK-0024-WH-7","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 3 Hook-10W # 3 Hook-25","offer_id":47131437203754,"sku":"RCK-0024-GD-3","price":89.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 5 Hook-19W # 5 Hook-48","offer_id":47131437334826,"sku":"RCK-0024-GD-5","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 7 Hook-28W # 7 Hook-70","offer_id":47131437433130,"sku":"RCK-0024-GD-7","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/handmade-minimalist-coat-rack-entryway_d1d76be5-b9bf-4776-af38-e1d0be969921.jpg?v=1762458388"},{"product_id":"geometric-shaped-clothing-rack","title":"Geometric Shaped Clothing Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eGeometric Shaped Clothing Rack keeps bathrooms, powder rooms, and guest suites better organized without making the room feel crowded. The \u003cstrong\u003eGeometric Shaped Clothing Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut composition of overlapping geometric forms with integrated hooks, clean lines for modern, mid-century, or art-deco interiors. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) across 5 sizes from 18 in \/ 46 cm to 47 in \/ 119 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGeometric composition fits modern interiors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike natural-motif racks (trees, birds, flowers) that lean rustic or bohemian, the geometric silhouette pairs cleanly with mid-century, art-deco, modern, and contemporary furniture without leaning toward any single trend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes scale by wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-inch size suits accent walls or guest entry corners; the 47-inch dominates a feature wall, choose the size by wall scale, not just by hook count.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 0.6-inch wall standoff stays close:\u003c\/strong\u003e The thin spacer profile lets the geometry sit nearly flush against the wall while still casting subtle shadow lines for depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (W × H): 18 × 8 in \/ 46 × 19 cm (3 hooks); 24 × 10 in \/ 61 × 25 cm (3 hooks); 32 × 13 in \/ 81 × 34 cm (4 hooks); 39 × 16 in \/ 99 × 41 cm (5 hooks); 47 × 20 in \/ 119 × 50 cm (6 hooks). Stands 0.6 in \/ 1.5 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 6 hooks depending on size, coats, jackets, bags, scarves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm laser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 0.5 kg \/ 1.1 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, modern hallway, office, mid-century or art-deco interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted geometric clothing rack (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has integrated keyhole openings at the back. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n3 hooks (18-inch and 24-inch), 4 hooks (32-inch), 5 hooks (39-inch), or 6 hooks (47-inch). The hooks are integrated into the geometric pattern, comfortable for coats, jackets, bags, or scarves. Distribute heavier items across multiple hooks for balanced load on the wall anchors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209252479274,"sku":"RCK-0023-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209252512042,"sku":"RCK-0023-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209252544810,"sku":"RCK-0023-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209252577578,"sku":"RCK-0023-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209252610346,"sku":"RCK-0023-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209252643114,"sku":"RCK-0023-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209252675882,"sku":"RCK-0023-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209252708650,"sku":"RCK-0023-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209252741418,"sku":"RCK-0023-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209252774186,"sku":"RCK-0023-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/square-hanger-living-room.jpg?v=1762458391"},{"product_id":"cherry-flower-hanger","title":"Cherry Flower Hanger","description":"\u003cp\u003eCherry Flower Hanger gives coats, bags, and small carry items a clearer place near the door. The \u003cstrong\u003eCherry Flower Hanger\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix laser-cuts cherry-blossom branches with hooks integrated among the petals. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) across 5 sizes from 18 in \/ 46 cm to 47 in \/ 119 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCherry-blossom silhouette adds floral softness:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike industrial or geometric coat racks, the cherry-flower branch silhouette adds botanical detail, fits feminine bedrooms, dressing rooms, garden rooms, and entryways styled with soft pastels or natural-floral palettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes scale by purpose:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-inch size works as a single-coat accent piece; the 47-inch handles full family entryway capacity, pick the wall span and hook count to match the actual usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 0.6-inch standoff with subtle shadow effect:\u003c\/strong\u003e The thin wall spacers create dimension behind the laser-cut petals, so the silhouette reads cleanly even when coats are hanging on the lower hooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (W × H): 18 × 8 in \/ 46 × 19 cm (3 hooks); 24 × 10 in \/ 61 × 25 cm (3 hooks); 32 × 13 in \/ 81 × 34 cm (4 hooks); 39 × 16 in \/ 99 × 41 cm (5 hooks); 47 × 20 in \/ 119 × 50 cm (6 hooks). Stands 0.6 in \/ 1.5 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 6 hooks depending on size, coats, jackets, bags, scarves, hats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm laser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 0.5 kg \/ 1.1 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, bedroom, dressing room, feminine-styled interior, garden room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted cherry-flower hanger (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has integrated keyhole openings at the back. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 hooks (18-inch and 24-inch), 4 hooks (32-inch), 5 hooks (39-inch), or 6 hooks (47-inch). The hooks are integrated among the cherry-blossom branches, comfortable for coats, jackets, bags, scarves, or hats. Choose the size by hook count and wall span, then use anchors rated for the wall material and expected load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209252151594,"sku":"RCK-0022-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209252184362,"sku":"RCK-0022-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209252217130,"sku":"RCK-0022-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209252249898,"sku":"RCK-0022-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209252282666,"sku":"RCK-0022-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209252315434,"sku":"RCK-0022-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209252348202,"sku":"RCK-0022-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209252380970,"sku":"RCK-0022-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209252413738,"sku":"RCK-0022-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209252446506,"sku":"RCK-0022-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/cherry-flower-hanger.jpg?v=1762458391"},{"product_id":"squirrel-tree-hanger","title":"Squirrel Tree Hanger","description":"\u003cp\u003eSquirrel Tree Hanger adds functional wall storage for entryways, mudrooms, and hallway walls while keeping the design decorative. The \u003cstrong\u003eSquirrel Tree Hanger\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut tree silhouette with squirrel figures perched on branches, with hooks worked into the design. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) across 5 sizes from 18 in \/ 46 cm to 47 in \/ 119 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquirrel-and-tree silhouette suits kids' spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike adult-leaning geometric or minimal coat racks, the playful woodland figures fit nurseries, kids' bedrooms, mountain cabins, and woodland-themed entryways where adults appreciate a soft narrative element.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall vertical proportions for backpacks and coats:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12 to 31 inch height (depending on size) gives vertical clearance for kids' backpacks, school bags, and longer coats, taller than typical horizontal hook strips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes from accent to feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-inch suits a small reading nook or kids' corner; the 47-inch handles a family mudroom, pick by the available wall scale and the items typically hung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (W × H): 18 × 12 in \/ 46 × 31 cm (3 hooks); 24 × 16 in \/ 61 × 41 cm (3 hooks); 32 × 21 in \/ 81 × 54 cm (4 hooks); 39 × 26 in \/ 99 × 66 cm (5 hooks); 47 × 31 in \/ 119 × 80 cm (6 hooks). Stands 0.6 in \/ 1.5 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 6 hooks depending on size, coats, jackets, bags, kids' backpacks, scarves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm laser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 0.5 kg \/ 1.1 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Kids' room, nursery, garden room, woodland-themed entryway, mountain cabin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted squirrel tree hanger (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has integrated keyhole openings at the back. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 hooks (18-inch and 24-inch), 4 hooks (32-inch), 5 hooks (39-inch), or 6 hooks (47-inch). The taller proportions accommodate kids' backpacks and longer coats. Each hook comfortably holds a coat, jacket, scarf, or bag. Choose the size by hook count and wall span, then use anchors rated for the wall material and expected load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209251823914,"sku":"RCK-0021-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209251856682,"sku":"RCK-0021-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209251889450,"sku":"RCK-0021-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 26 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209251922218,"sku":"RCK-0021-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 31 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209251954986,"sku":"RCK-0021-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209251987754,"sku":"RCK-0021-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209252020522,"sku":"RCK-0021-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209252053290,"sku":"RCK-0021-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 26 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209252086058,"sku":"RCK-0021-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 31 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209252118826,"sku":"RCK-0021-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/squirrel-tree-hanger-1.jpg?v=1762458392"},{"product_id":"metal-minimalist-shoe-rack","title":"Metal Minimalist Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal Minimalist Shoe Rack gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Minimalist Shoe Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a free-standing 2-tier organizer with a slim 8-inch depth, a renter-friendly entryway piece that lifts shoes off the floor without drilling. Available in 2 widths (20” \/ 50 cm and 36” \/ 90 cm) and 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing, no drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike wall-mounted racks that require anchors and leave holes when removed, this free-standing rack places on any flat floor, renter-friendly, easy to reposition, and quick to relocate when the entryway gets a refresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen 2-tier design lets wet shoes dry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike closed cubbies that trap moisture and odor, the open metal tiers let air circulate around shoes, practical for daily indoor pairs, wet shoes after rainy days, and the occasional gym shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 widths for narrow or wide entries:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 20-inch width fits compact apartment foyers and behind-the-door zones; the 36-inch width scales to standard hallway and family entry walls. Both share the same 8-inch slim depth that keeps walking space clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before packing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edges, coating, and hardware fit are reviewed before shipment so the product arrives ready for standard home installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\" H × 20\" W × 8\" D (22 × 50 × 20 cm) and 9\" H × 36\" W × 8\" D (22 × 90 × 20 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 4-6 pairs depending on width (20” holds 3-4 pairs across both tiers; 36” holds 5-6 pairs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm powder-coated metal pipe, welded, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing (no wall mounting; place on a flat, level floor)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-5 kg \/ 6-11 lb depending on width; assembled and ready out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, apartment foyer, hallway, mudroom, behind-the-door zone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-tier metal shoe rack (assembled, finish and width as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack ships fully welded and assembled. Place on a flat, level floor in your entryway, foyer, or hallway. Load shoes from the bottom tier upward to keep the center of gravity low. No assembly, no wall hardware, and no drilling required, unbox and use immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For wet drips from rainy-day shoes, dry the surface promptly with a clean cloth. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The rack is designed for indoor use, entryways, hallways, and bedroom closets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs does each width hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 20” width holds about 3-4 pairs across both tiers (1-2 per tier); the 36” width holds about 5-6 pairs (2-3 per tier). Men's sizes 11+ may fit fewer per slot; women's flats and children's shoes can stack more compactly with smaller pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The rack ships fully welded and assembled, so there are no parts to align or screws to tighten. Unbox it, place it on a flat, level floor in your entryway, and load shoes directly. Total setup takes about 30 seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it slide on tile or hardwood floors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe legs rest on rounded contact points. On glossy tile, polished hardwood, or smooth concrete, you may add stick-on felt pads (not included) for extra grip and floor protection. On carpet, matte tile, or textured hardwood, the rack typically stays in place under daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for covered outdoor placement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use (entryways, hallways, bedroom closets). For covered outdoor placements like screened porches, occasional use is acceptable; for direct rain or pool-deck spray, choose covered locations and wipe dry after exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots from shoe rubber or wet drips, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive detergent works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 22 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244516650,"sku":"RCK-0018-BK-20","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 22 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244582186,"sku":"RCK-0018-BK-36","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 22 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244614954,"sku":"RCK-0018-WH-20","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 22 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244680490,"sku":"RCK-0018-WH-36","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 22 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244713258,"sku":"RCK-0018-GD-20","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 22 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244778794,"sku":"RCK-0018-GD-36","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/metal-minimalist-shoe-rack.jpg?v=1762458438"},{"product_id":"modern-design-metal-shoe-rack","title":"Modern Design Metal Shoe Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eModern Design Metal Shoe Rack keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eModern Design Metal Shoe Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wall-mounted 2-tier organizer that reclaims floor space, a clean profile that doubles as entryway decor when no shoes are loaded. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) with a single 28-inch width designed for typical hallway and entryway placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims entryway floor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike free-standing racks that occupy a square foot of valuable entry floor, the wall-mounted profile keeps the floor clear for walking, vacuuming, and foot traffic, useful in narrow hallways, apartment foyers, or compact mudrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen 2-tier design lets wet shoes dry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike closed cubbies that trap moisture and odor, the open metal tiers let air circulate around shoes, practical for daily indoor pairs, wet shoes after rainy days, and the occasional gym shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModern profile reads as decor when empty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike utility shoe racks that look industrial when no shoes are loaded, the clean rectangular silhouette functions as a wall accent in its own right, the rack stays decorative even between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\" H × 28\" W × 10\" D (23 × 70 × 25 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6 pairs across 2 tiers (3 per tier, depending on shoe size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm powder-coated metal pipe, welded, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold (Gold finish $10 higher)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 kg \/ 8 lb 8 oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted via integrated keyhole brackets; mounting screws and anchors are included, use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, mudroom, hallway, closet, garage, gym entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-tier wall-mounted shoe rack (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Hang and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the keyhole spacing on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes, insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws in until the screw heads stand slightly proud of the wall. Hang the rack by aligning the back-mounted brackets over the screw heads. Recommended mounting height is 6–10 inches above the floor for the lower tier; the upper tier sits about 9–12 inches above the lower tier. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and incidental dirt. For wet shoe drips on the tiers, dry the surface promptly with a clean cloth. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The rack is designed for indoor use, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets; for screened porches or covered entries, wipe down after heavy moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAbout 6 pairs across the 2 tiers (3 per tier depending on shoe size). Men's sizes 11+ may fit fewer per slot; women's flats and children's shoes can stack more compactly with smaller pairs. The open layout keeps daily pairs visible and easy to grab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat walls and hardware does it work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws and anchors are included, but use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight. For tile, plaster, or masonry walls, swap to wall-specific anchors rated for the load. Use the listed shelf or tier count to match the number of pairs you store most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should I mount it relative to the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe lower tier typically sits 6–10 inches above the floor for easy reach and floor cleaning underneath. The upper tier sits about 9–12 inches above the lower one, which works for flats, sneakers, and most ankle boots; for tall riding boots, mount the rack a bit higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor placement on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use (entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets). For covered outdoor placements like screened porches, occasional use is acceptable; for direct rain or pool-deck spray, choose covered locations and wipe dry after exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots from shoe rubber or wet drips, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive detergent works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49209244418346,"sku":"RCK-0017-BK","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49209244451114,"sku":"RCK-0017-WH","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49209244483882,"sku":"RCK-0017-GD","price":159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-wall-mounted-shoe-rack-entryway-2.jpg?v=1762458438"},{"product_id":"2-tier-metal-shoe-storage","title":"2 Tier Metal Shoe Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003e2 Tier Metal Shoe Storage gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003e2 Tier Metal Shoe Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wall-mounted shelf that lifts shoes off the floor and frees vacuuming room beneath, a slim 8-inch deep profile available in 3 widths so you can match your entryway, mudroom, or closet wall. Available in 3 widths (20” \/ 50 cm, 28” \/ 70 cm, 36” \/ 90 cm) and 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims entryway floor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike free-standing racks that occupy a square foot of valuable entry floor, the wall-mounted profile keeps the floor clear for walking, vacuuming, and foot traffic, useful in narrow hallways, apartment foyers, or compact mudrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen 2-tier design lets wet shoes dry:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike closed cubbies that trap moisture and odor, the open metal tiers let air circulate around shoes, practical for daily indoor pairs, wet shoes after rainy days, and the occasional gym shoe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 widths scale from compact to family-size:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 20” width fits narrow apartment foyers and behind-the-door zones; 28” covers standard hallway placement; 36” scales to family entries and mudrooms with multiple users. All share the same 8-inch slim depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\" H × 20\" W × 8\" D (23 × 50 × 20 cm), 9\" H × 28\" W × 8\" D (23 × 70 × 20 cm), and 9\" H × 36\" W × 8\" D (23 × 90 × 20 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20” width holds about 4 pairs across 2 tiers; 28” holds about 6 pairs; 36” holds about 8-10 pairs (depending on shoe size)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm powder-coated metal pipe, welded, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-7 kg \/ 9-15 lb depending on width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted via integrated keyhole brackets; mounting screws and anchors are included, use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, mudroom, hallway, closet, garage, gym entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-tier wall-mounted shoe rack (assembled, width and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Hang and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the keyhole spacing on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes, insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws in until the screw heads stand slightly proud of the wall. Hang the rack by aligning the back-mounted brackets over the screw heads. Recommended mounting height is 6–10 inches above the floor for the lower tier; the upper tier sits about 9–12 inches above the lower tier. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill; for the 36” width loaded full, anchoring into a stud when alignment allows adds extra security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and incidental dirt. For wet shoe drips on the tiers, dry the surface promptly with a clean cloth. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The rack is designed for indoor use, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets; for screened porches or covered entries, wipe down after heavy moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pairs does each width hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 20” width holds about 4 pairs across 2 tiers; 28” holds about 6 pairs; 36” holds about 8-10 pairs (depending on shoe size). Men's sizes 11+ may fit fewer per slot; women's flats and children's shoes can stack more compactly with smaller pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat walls and hardware does it work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMounting screws and anchors are included, but use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight. For the 36” width loaded full, anchoring into a stud when alignment allows adds extra security. Use the listed shelf or tier count to match the number of pairs you store most often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should I mount it relative to the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe lower tier typically sits 6–10 inches above the floor for easy reach and floor cleaning underneath. The upper tier sits about 9–12 inches above the lower one, which works for flats, sneakers, and most ankle boots; for tall riding boots, mount the rack a bit higher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor placement on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use (entryways, mudrooms, hallways, closets). For covered outdoor placements like screened porches, occasional use is acceptable; for direct rain or pool-deck spray, choose covered locations and wipe dry after exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots from shoe rubber or wet drips, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive detergent works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 23 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244123434,"sku":"RCK-0016-BK-20","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 9 x 28 x 8 # 23 x 70 x 20","offer_id":49209244156202,"sku":"RCK-0016-BK-28","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 23 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244188970,"sku":"RCK-0016-BK-36","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 23 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244221738,"sku":"RCK-0016-WH-20","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9 x 28 x 8 # 23 x 70 x 20","offer_id":49209244254506,"sku":"RCK-0016-WH-28","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 23 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244287274,"sku":"RCK-0016-WH-36","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 9 x 20 x 8 # 23 x 50 x 20","offer_id":49209244320042,"sku":"RCK-0016-GD-20","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 9 x 28 x 8 # 23 x 70 x 20","offer_id":49209244352810,"sku":"RCK-0016-GD-28","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 9 x 36 x 8 # 23 x 90 x 20","offer_id":49209244385578,"sku":"RCK-0016-GD-36","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/two-tier-metal-shoe-rack-wall-mounted.jpg?v=1762458439"},{"product_id":"landscape-wall-art","title":"Mountain Lake Landscape Metal Wall Art – Galvanized Steel Lake Landscape","description":"\u003cp\u003eLandscape brings a graphic metal outline to living rooms, offices, and gallery walls while keeping the room easy to style. The \u003cstrong\u003eLandscape Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut mountain-and-forest scene in powder-coated galvanized metal, layered cutwork that captures alpine depth with a two-tone White Mountain Black Forest finish or a unified all-Black option. Available in 9 sizes across two finish styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-tone alpine landscape composition:\u003c\/strong\u003e White-mountain peaks layered over black-forest pine ridges create depth, a single composition that reads sculptural rather than flat-printed even from across a long wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine sizes from accent to massive feature wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 24-inch compact to 110-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a sofa, headboard, mantel, or open-living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, mountain-cabin placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nine sizes (H × W): 24 x 12 in \/ 61 x 31 cm; 32 x 16 in \/ 81 x 41 cm; 40 x 20 in \/ 101 x 51 cm; 47 x 24 in \/ 120 x 60 cm; 55 x 28 in \/ 140 x 70 cm; 63 x 32 in \/ 160 x 80 cm; 79 x 40 in \/ 200 x 100 cm; 95 x 48 in \/ 241 x 121 cm; 110 x 55 in \/ 280 x 140 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e White Mountain Black Forest, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb at smallest; sizes 47-inch and above ship in two-piece sections to prevent transit damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscape Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhite Mountain Black Forest two-tone reads as alpine-modern landscape art; the all-Black option suits monochrome industrial and urban-modern interiors. Match the wall art to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents, wood tones, neutral textiles, and natural-fiber rugs work especially well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 24 x 12 # 61 x 31","offer_id":49209243205930,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209243238698,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 40 x 20 # 101 x 51","offer_id":49209243271466,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-40","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 47 x 24 # 120 x 60","offer_id":49209243304234,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 70","offer_id":49209243337002,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209243369770,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-63","price":329.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 79 x 40 # 200 x 100","offer_id":49209243402538,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-79","price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 95 x 48 # 241 x 121","offer_id":49209243435306,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-95","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 110 x 55 # 280 x 140","offer_id":49209243468074,"sku":"WA-0050-WHBK-11","price":559.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 12 # 61 x 31","offer_id":49209243500842,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209243533610,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 40 x 20 # 101 x 51","offer_id":49209243566378,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-40","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 24 # 120 x 60","offer_id":49209243599146,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 70","offer_id":49209243631914,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209243664682,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-63","price":329.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 79 x 40 # 200 x 100","offer_id":49209243697450,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-79","price":399.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 95 x 48 # 241 x 121","offer_id":49209243730218,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-95","price":499.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 110 x 55 # 280 x 140","offer_id":49209243762986,"sku":"WA-0050-BK-11","price":559.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/nature_view_metal_wall_art_8.jpg?v=1762458449"},{"product_id":"puzzle-metal-wall-art","title":"Puzzle Pieces Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Geometric Office Vertical Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003ePuzzle sets a clear visual theme for living rooms, offices, and gallery walls through a wall-mounted metal silhouette. The \u003cstrong\u003ePuzzle Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut puzzle-piece composition in powder-coated galvanized metal, interlocking-piece graphic rendered in clean cutwork that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePuzzle-piece composition in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut interlocking-piece graphic, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a study console, hobby room, or modern living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a study desk, hobby workbench, or living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, study placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 12 in \/ 46 x 31 cm; 24 x 16 in \/ 61 x 41 cm; 32 x 21 in \/ 81 x 54 cm; 39 x 26 in \/ 99 x 66 cm; 47 x 31 in \/ 119 x 80 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePuzzle Metal Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHome offices, study walls, library shelves, reading corners, and meditation-room feature walls all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a desk, console, or bookshelf, or paired with a framed quote or supporting wall art as part of a curated reading-corner gallery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209232720170,"sku":"WA-0033-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209232752938,"sku":"WA-0033-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209232785706,"sku":"WA-0033-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 26 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209232818474,"sku":"WA-0033-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 31 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209232884010,"sku":"WA-0033-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 12 # 46 x 31","offer_id":49209232916778,"sku":"WA-0033-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 16 # 61 x 41","offer_id":49209232949546,"sku":"WA-0033-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 21 # 81 x 54","offer_id":49209232982314,"sku":"WA-0033-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 26 # 99 x 66","offer_id":49209233015082,"sku":"WA-0033-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 31 # 119 x 80","offer_id":49209233047850,"sku":"WA-0033-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/puzzle-metal-wall-art.jpg?v=1762458515"},{"product_id":"motogp-metal-logo","title":"MotoGP Logo Metal Wall Art – Rust-Resistant Garage Single-Piece Sign","description":"\u003cp\u003eMotoGP Metal Logo gives living rooms, offices, and gallery walls a more intentional focal point without changing the whole room. The \u003cstrong\u003eMotoGP Metal Logo\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut MotoGP-emblem silhouette in powder-coated galvanized metal, motorsport composition rendered in clean cutwork that reads as graphic design rather than printed paper memorabilia. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotoGP emblem composition in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut motorsport-themed silhouette, graphic, modern, and instantly recognizable to MotoGP fans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18-inch suits a workbench accent; 47-inch oversized commands a feature wall in a garage, motorsport-themed home office, or sports-fan bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, detached-garage exposure, and covered outdoor walls, sheds water on covered patios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 11 in \/ 46 x 27 cm; 24 x 14 in \/ 61 x 36 cm; 32 x 19 in \/ 81 x 47 cm; 39 x 23 in \/ 99 x 58 cm; 47 x 27 in \/ 119 x 70 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotoGP Metal Logo (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHome garage feature walls, man-cave decor, automotive workshops, car-themed home offices, and entryway accents all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a workbench, tool chest, or shelving unit, especially in spaces styled around vintage automotive prints, model cars, or garage memorabilia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 11 # 46 x 27","offer_id":49209232228650,"sku":"WA-0032-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 14 # 61 x 36","offer_id":49209232261418,"sku":"WA-0032-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 19 # 81 x 47","offer_id":49209232294186,"sku":"WA-0032-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 23 # 99 x 58","offer_id":49209232326954,"sku":"WA-0032-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 27 # 119 x 70","offer_id":49209232359722,"sku":"WA-0032-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 11 # 46 x 27","offer_id":49209232392490,"sku":"WA-0032-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 14 # 61 x 36","offer_id":49209232425258,"sku":"WA-0032-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 19 # 81 x 47","offer_id":49209232458026,"sku":"WA-0032-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 23 # 99 x 58","offer_id":49209232490794,"sku":"WA-0032-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 27 # 119 x 70","offer_id":49209232523562,"sku":"WA-0032-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/motogp-metal-logo.jpg?v=1762458516"},{"product_id":"hamsa-hand-metal-decor","title":"Hamsa Hand Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Round Garage Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eHamsa Hand brings a graphic metal outline to living rooms, offices, and gallery walls while keeping the room easy to style. The \u003cstrong\u003eHamsa Hand Metal Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut Hamsa-with-evil-eye composition in powder-coated galvanized metal, protective-symbol artwork rendered in clean cutwork that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHamsa hand with evil-eye silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut palm with central eye and swirl detail, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a meditation console, dining-nook accent, or boho-styled living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a console, vanity, or boho-corner feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, dining-room steam, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 14 in \/ 46 x 35 cm; 24 x 18 in \/ 61 x 46 cm; 32 x 24 in \/ 81 x 61 cm; 39 x 29 in \/ 99 x 74 cm; 47 x 35 in \/ 119 x 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHamsa Hand Metal Decor (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeditation rooms, yoga studios, Zen-styled bedrooms, modern-Asian dining rooms, spa-bathroom feature walls, and reading-corner displays all suit this design. The piece pairs well with neutral wall paints, natural wood furniture, and minimalist supporting decor that lets the silhouette breathe across the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209223151914,"sku":"WA-0023-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209223184682,"sku":"WA-0023-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209223217450,"sku":"WA-0023-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209223250218,"sku":"WA-0023-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209223282986,"sku":"WA-0023-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209223315754,"sku":"WA-0023-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209223348522,"sku":"WA-0023-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209223381290,"sku":"WA-0023-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209223414058,"sku":"WA-0023-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209223446826,"sku":"WA-0023-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/hamsa-hand-metal-decor_1.jpg?v=1762458565"},{"product_id":"copy-of-heart-beat-rhythm-metal-coat-rack","title":"Music Notes Hanger","description":"\u003cp\u003eMusic Notes Hanger gives coats, bags, and small carry items a clearer place near the door. The \u003cstrong\u003eMusic Notes Hanger\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix laser-cuts musical notes (treble clef, eighth notes, beamed pairs) along a horizontal stave with hooks integrated into the composition. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) across 5 sizes from 18 in \/ 45 cm to 47 in \/ 120 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMusic-notes silhouette themes the room:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike generic hook strips, the staff-and-notes silhouette signals 'music space', fits practice rooms, home recording studios, music schools, conservatory foyers, and themed bedrooms for musicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 6-16-inch height fits above instruments:\u003c\/strong\u003e The horizontal silhouette tucks above pianos, music stands, or instrument cases without competing for vertical wall space, leaves room for sheet music shelves or framed performance posters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes from accent to studio feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-inch suits a practice corner; the 47-inch dominates a music school or large studio entryway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (W × H): 18 × 6 in \/ 45 × 15 cm (3 hooks); 24 × 8 in \/ 60 × 20 cm (3 hooks); 32 × 11 in \/ 80 × 27 cm (4 hooks); 39 × 13 in \/ 100 × 33 cm (5 hooks); 47 × 16 in \/ 120 × 40 cm (6 hooks). Stands 0.6 in \/ 1.5 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 6 hooks depending on size, coats, scarves, bags, lightweight jackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm laser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 0.5 kg \/ 1.1 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Music studio, practice room, themed bedroom, music school, conservatory entryway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted music notes hanger (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has integrated keyhole openings at the back. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many items does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n3 hooks (18-inch and 24-inch), 4 hooks (32-inch), 5 hooks (39-inch), or 6 hooks (47-inch). Each hook comfortably holds a coat, scarf, light jacket, or bag, useful for a musician's hat, jacket, or practice bag at the studio entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 6  # 46 x 15","offer_id":49209222365482,"sku":"RCK-0009-BK-17","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 8  # 61 x 20","offer_id":49209222398250,"sku":"RCK-0009-BK-23","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 11  # 81 x 27","offer_id":49209222431018,"sku":"RCK-0009-BK-31","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 13  # 99 x 33","offer_id":49209222463786,"sku":"RCK-0009-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 16  # 119 x 40","offer_id":49209222496554,"sku":"RCK-0009-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 6  # 46 x 15","offer_id":49209222529322,"sku":"RCK-0009-WH-17","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 8  # 61 x 20","offer_id":49209222562090,"sku":"RCK-0009-WH-23","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 11  # 81 x 27","offer_id":49209222594858,"sku":"RCK-0009-WH-31","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 13  # 99 x 33","offer_id":49209222627626,"sku":"RCK-0009-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 16  # 119 x 40","offer_id":49209222660394,"sku":"RCK-0009-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/music-notes-hanger-piano-home-decor.jpg?v=1762458626"},{"product_id":"swan-and-forest-hanging-rack","title":"Swan and Forest Hanging Rack","description":"\u003cp\u003eSwan and Forest Hanging Rack keeps bathrooms, powder rooms, and guest suites better organized without making the room feel crowded. The \u003cstrong\u003eSwan and Forest Hanging Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix laser-cuts a horizontal landscape composition with hooks integrated below. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) across 5 sizes from 18 in \/ 45 cm to 47 in \/ 120 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLandscape-scene silhouette reads as decor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike single-motif racks, the swan-on-water-with-forest scene tells a small visual story, fits lake-house cottages, naturalist living rooms, sunrooms, and themed nurseries where decor narrative matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal landscape proportions for narrow walls:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8- to 20-inch height (depending on size) fits above doorways, beside hallway shelving, or below picture rails, narrower than tall vertical tree silhouettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes from accent to feature:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 18-inch suits a small lake-cottage entry; the 47-inch dominates a feature wall in a sunroom or themed living room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (W × H): 18 × 8 in \/ 45 × 19 cm (3 hooks); 24 × 10 in \/ 60 × 25 cm (3 hooks); 32 × 13 in \/ 80 × 34 cm (4 hooks); 39 × 16 in \/ 100 × 41 cm (5 hooks); 47 × 20 in \/ 120 × 50 cm (6 hooks). Stands 0.6 in \/ 1.5 cm from the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 to 6 hooks depending on size, coats, jackets, scarves, bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 mm laser-cut powder-coated galvanized metal, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 0.5 kg \/ 1.1 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, sunroom, lake-house cottage, naturalist living room, themed nursery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted swan-and-forest hanging rack (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the two mounting hole positions on the wall using a level, the rack has integrated keyhole openings at the back. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure or direct rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many coats does each size hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3 hooks (18-inch and 24-inch), 4 hooks (32-inch), 5 hooks (39-inch), or 6 hooks (47-inch). Each hook comfortably holds a coat, jacket, scarf, or bag. The hooks sit below the swan-and-forest silhouette. Choose the size by hook count and wall span, then use anchors rated for the wall material and expected load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo screws hang the rack on the wall via the back-mounted brackets. Mounting screws are included; choose anchors rated for your wall material (drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile) and the rack's loaded weight. Use a level for alignment, and a carbide-tipped drill bit at low speed for tile installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be installed in humid spots like bathrooms or covered porches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish handles standard indoor humidity well, entryways, mudrooms, hallways, and bedrooms are all fine. Bathroom installations are workable away from direct shower spray; avoid prolonged moisture exposure and rinse off any salt-spray. Direct outdoor rain isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209222037802,"sku":"RCK-0008-BK-17","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209222070570,"sku":"RCK-0008-BK-23","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209222103338,"sku":"RCK-0008-BK-31","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209222136106,"sku":"RCK-0008-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209222168874,"sku":"RCK-0008-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 8 # 46 x 19","offer_id":49209222201642,"sku":"RCK-0008-WH-17","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 10 # 61 x 25","offer_id":49209222234410,"sku":"RCK-0008-WH-23","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 13 # 81 x 34","offer_id":49209222267178,"sku":"RCK-0008-WH-31","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 16 # 99 x 41","offer_id":49209222299946,"sku":"RCK-0008-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 20 # 119 x 50","offer_id":49209222332714,"sku":"RCK-0008-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/swan-and-forest-hanging-rack.jpg?v=1762458631"},{"product_id":"multifunctional-comic-metal-stand","title":"Metal Woman Jewelry Stand with Ring Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal Woman Jewelry Stand with Ring Bowl adds practical bathroom storage in a compact, finished profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Woman Jewelry Stand with Ring Bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a slim metal woman-figure silhouette (about 40 cm tall) with a 10 cm bowl tray for rings and small accessories, and an open metal-bar body where necklaces or chains can be draped. Available in Black at approximately 15.7 in \/ 40 cm H × 5.9 in \/ 15 cm W with a 3.9 in \/ 10 cm diameter tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSculptural figure doubles as room decor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike utilitarian plastic ring trays, the metal woman silhouette reads as a small sculpture on its own, at home on a vanity, dresser, bedside table, or open bathroom shelf, even when it isn't holding jewelry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl tray plus open frame for rings, earrings, and necklaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10 cm bowl holds rings, studs, and small earrings; the open metal-bar body lets you drape necklaces or chains so they don't tangle in a single pile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing, no wall mounting needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal-bar base keeps the figure stable on a flat surface. Place it where jewelry actually gets put on, vanity, bedside, bathroom shelf, without tools, anchoring, or assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 15.7 in \/ 40 cm H × 5.9 in \/ 15 cm W; bowl tray 3.9 in \/ 10 cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bowl tray for rings and small earrings; open metal-bar body for necklaces and chains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 mm powder-coated galvanized metal bar, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 1 kg \/ 2.2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat surface (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vanity, dresser, bedside table, open bathroom shelf, hallway console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal Woman Jewelry Stand jewelry figure (assembled, Black finish)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the metal figure on a flat, level surface, vanity, dresser, bedside table, or open shelf. The powder-coated galvanized metal-bar base ships rigid and free-standing; no tools, no assembly, no anchoring required. Set rings and small earrings in the 10 cm bowl, drape necklaces or chains across the open metal-bar body, and the figure reads as both a jewelry stand and a small sculpture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated metal with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust and fingerprints. For sticky spots, use a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the finish. Designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of jewelry does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 10 cm bowl tray holds rings, stud earrings, and small accessories; the open metal-bar body lets you drape necklaces, longer earrings, or thin chains so they don't tangle in a single pile. Heavier statement pieces are best stored separately to keep the silhouette balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on a flat surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated galvanized metal-bar base keeps the figure stable on flat, level surfaces, wood, glass, marble, or stone, when used with everyday jewelry loads. Avoid hanging extremely heavy chains or stacking the bowl above its rim, which can shift the figure's balance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best in the home?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest on a vanity, dresser, bedside table, open bathroom shelf, or hallway console where jewelry gets put on or set down at the end of the day. The slim 15 cm width fits compact surfaces; the figure also reads as a standalone decorative object when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style it on a vanity or shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPlace the figure where the metal silhouette contrasts with the surface beneath, pale wood, marble, or a tray work well. Keep one or two items in the bowl rather than overloading it, and let the necklace drape define the figure's outline. Pair with one small candle or vase for a curated vignette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and maintain it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated metal frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, use a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 16 x 6","offer_id":49209220104490,"sku":"RCK-0004-BK-16","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/multifunctional-metal-woman-figure-bedroom.png?v=1762458673"},{"product_id":"fox-metal-wall-decor","title":"Fox Head Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Round Office Decor, Indoor\/Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003eFox works as a focused wall feature for living rooms, offices, and gallery walls when generic filler feels too flat. The \u003cstrong\u003eFox Metal Wall Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut fox-head silhouette in powder-coated galvanized metal, woodland-mammal portrait rendered in clean cutwork that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFox-head silhouette in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut fox face with sharp ears and graphic muzzle detail, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a fireplace mantel, cabin feature wall, or rustic-modern living-room space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a mantel, console, or rustic-modern feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, cabin placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 17 in \/ 46 x 42 cm; 24 x 22 in \/ 61 x 56 cm; 32 x 29 in \/ 81 x 75 cm; 39 x 36 in \/ 99 x 91 cm; 47 x 43 in \/ 119 x 109 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFox Metal Wall Decor (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 17 # 46 x 42","offer_id":49209218138410,"sku":"WA-0017-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 22 # 61 x 56","offer_id":49209218171178,"sku":"WA-0017-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 29 # 81 x 75","offer_id":49209218203946,"sku":"WA-0017-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 36 # 99 x 91","offer_id":49209218236714,"sku":"WA-0017-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 43 # 119 x 109","offer_id":49209218269482,"sku":"WA-0017-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 17 # 46 x 42","offer_id":49209218302250,"sku":"WA-0017-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 22 # 61 x 56","offer_id":49209218335018,"sku":"WA-0017-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 29 # 81 x 75","offer_id":49209218367786,"sku":"WA-0017-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 36 # 99 x 91","offer_id":49209218400554,"sku":"WA-0017-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 43 # 119 x 109","offer_id":49209218433322,"sku":"WA-0017-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wild-fox-wall-art-white_1.jpg?v=1762458828"},{"product_id":"lonely-samurai-metal-wall-art","title":"Lonely Samurai Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Garage Vertical Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eLonely Samurai sets a clear visual theme for living rooms, offices, and gallery walls through a wall-mounted metal silhouette. The \u003cstrong\u003eLonely Samurai Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut solitary-samurai-with-katana silhouette in powder-coated galvanized metal, figurative cutwork rendered with traditional straw-hat detail that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonely samurai silhouette in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut warrior with katana and straw hat, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a study console, dining-nook accent, or Asian-modern living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a console, vanity, or study feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, study placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 14 in \/ 46 x 35 cm; 24 x 18 in \/ 61 x 46 cm; 32 x 24 in \/ 81 x 61 cm; 39 x 29 in \/ 99 x 74 cm; 47 x 35 in \/ 119 x 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLonely Samurai Metal Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMeditation rooms, yoga studios, Zen-styled bedrooms, modern-Asian dining rooms, spa-bathroom feature walls, and reading-corner displays all suit this design. The piece pairs well with neutral wall paints, natural wood furniture, and minimalist supporting decor that lets the silhouette breathe across the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209216336170,"sku":"WA-0015-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209216368938,"sku":"WA-0015-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209216401706,"sku":"WA-0015-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209216434474,"sku":"WA-0015-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209216467242,"sku":"WA-0015-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209216500010,"sku":"WA-0015-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209216532778,"sku":"WA-0015-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209216565546,"sku":"WA-0015-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209216598314,"sku":"WA-0015-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209216631082,"sku":"WA-0015-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/lonely-samurai-metal-wall-art-1.jpg?v=1762458899"},{"product_id":"3-pieces-life-tree-wall-decor","title":"Tree of Life 3-Piece Metal Wall Art – Galvanized Steel Triptych Living Room Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003e3 Pieces Life Tree adds a laser-cut metal focal point for living rooms, bedrooms, and covered outdoor walls, with a cleaner presence than a flat print. The \u003cstrong\u003e3 Pieces Life Tree Wall Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut tree-of-life triptych in powder-coated galvanized metal, three coordinated panels rendered in clean cutwork that reads as gallery-grade triptych rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTree-of-life triptych in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three laser-cut panels combine into a single tree-of-life composition with branches stretching across each panel, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a sofa, sideboard, or master-bed headboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide spans for over-sofa walls:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 32-inch (smallest panel set) to 63-inch oversized, pick by available wall width above a 6-foot to 9-foot sofa, console, or media unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, dining-room steam, and covered outdoor placement, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 32 x 16 in \/ 81 x 41 cm; 39 x 20 in \/ 99 x 51 cm; 47 x 24 in \/ 119 x 61 cm; 55 x 28 in \/ 140 x 71 cm; 63 x 32 in \/ 160 x 80 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 3 kg \/ 6.6 lb at the smallest size (3 panels combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted as a 3-panel set; mounting screws and anchors are included for each panel. Space panels 1-2 inches apart for the recommended layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Pieces Life Tree Wall Decor (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark all panel positions on the wall using a level (panels are spaced about 1-2 inches apart for visual rhythm), drill pilot holes, insert anchors, and drive the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209212535082,"sku":"WA-0013-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 20 # 99 x 51","offer_id":49209212567850,"sku":"WA-0013-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 24 # 119 x 61","offer_id":49209212600618,"sku":"WA-0013-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 71","offer_id":49209212633386,"sku":"WA-0013-BK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209212666154,"sku":"WA-0013-BK-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209212698922,"sku":"WA-0013-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 20 # 99 x 51","offer_id":49209212731690,"sku":"WA-0013-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 24 # 119 x 61","offer_id":49209212764458,"sku":"WA-0013-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 71","offer_id":49209212797226,"sku":"WA-0013-WH-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209212829994,"sku":"WA-0013-WH-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/3-pieces-life-tree-wall-decor.jpg?v=1762458900"},{"product_id":"3-pieces-tree-wall-art","title":"Swirling Branch Tree 3-Piece Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Rustic Triptych Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003e3 Pieces Tree gives living rooms, bedrooms, and covered outdoor walls a sharper visual anchor through cut metal, shadow, and a clean finish. The \u003cstrong\u003e3 Pieces Tree Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut swirling-branch-tree triptych in powder-coated galvanized metal, three coordinated panels rendered in clean cutwork that reads as gallery-grade triptych rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwirling-branch tree triptych in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three laser-cut panels combine into a single tree composition with intricate swirling branches stretching across each panel, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a sofa, sideboard, or master-bed headboard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide spans for over-sofa walls:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 32-inch (smallest panel set) to 63-inch oversized, pick by available wall width above a 6-foot to 9-foot sofa, console, or media unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, dining-room steam, and covered outdoor placement, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 32 x 16 in \/ 81 x 41 cm; 39 x 20 in \/ 99 x 51 cm; 47 x 24 in \/ 119 x 61 cm; 55 x 28 in \/ 140 x 71 cm; 63 x 32 in \/ 160 x 80 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 3 kg \/ 6.6 lb at the smallest size (3 panels combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted as a 3-panel set; mounting screws and anchors are included for each panel. Space panels 1-2 inches apart for the recommended layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Pieces Tree Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach panel ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark all panel positions on the wall using a level (panels are spaced about 1-2 inches apart for visual rhythm), drill pilot holes, insert anchors, and drive the screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209211486506,"sku":"WA-0011-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 20 # 99 x 51","offer_id":49209211519274,"sku":"WA-0011-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 24 # 119 x 61","offer_id":49209211552042,"sku":"WA-0011-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 71","offer_id":49209211584810,"sku":"WA-0011-BK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209211617578,"sku":"WA-0011-BK-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 16 # 81 x 41","offer_id":49209211650346,"sku":"WA-0011-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 20 # 99 x 51","offer_id":49209211683114,"sku":"WA-0011-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 24 # 119 x 61","offer_id":49209211715882,"sku":"WA-0011-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 55 x 28 # 140 x 71","offer_id":49209211748650,"sku":"WA-0011-WH-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 63 x 32 # 160 x 80","offer_id":49209211781418,"sku":"WA-0011-WH-63","price":339.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/3-pieces-tree-wall-art_1.jpg?v=1762458906"},{"product_id":"anubis-metal-wall-art","title":"Anubis Egyptian God Metal Wall Art – Powder-Coated Geometric Office Horizontal Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eAnubis brings a graphic metal outline to living rooms, offices, and gallery walls while keeping the room easy to style. The \u003cstrong\u003eAnubis Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut Anubis silhouette in powder-coated galvanized metal, geometric jackal-headed-god figure rendered in clean cutwork that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnubis silhouette in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut jackal-headed god rendered with geometric design, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a study console, modern dining-room accent, or Egyptian-themed feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a console, vanity, or study feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, study placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 14 in \/ 46 x 35 cm; 24 x 18 in \/ 61 x 46 cm; 32 x 24 in \/ 81 x 61 cm; 39 x 29 in \/ 99 x 74 cm; 47 x 35 in \/ 119 x 90 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnubis Metal Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHome offices, study walls, library shelves, reading corners, and meditation-room feature walls all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a desk, console, or bookshelf, or paired with a framed quote or supporting wall art as part of a curated reading-corner gallery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209210831146,"sku":"WA-0009-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209210863914,"sku":"WA-0009-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209210896682,"sku":"WA-0009-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209210929450,"sku":"WA-0009-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209210962218,"sku":"WA-0009-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49209210994986,"sku":"WA-0009-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49209211027754,"sku":"WA-0009-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49209211060522,"sku":"WA-0009-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49209211093290,"sku":"WA-0009-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49209211126058,"sku":"WA-0009-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/anubis-metal-wall-art-bar.jpg?v=1762458908"},{"product_id":"dolphin-with-sea-wave-metal-wall-art","title":"Dolphin with Sea Wave Metal Wall Art – Galvanized Steel Coastal Decor, Indoor\/Outdoor","description":"\u003cp\u003eDolphin with Sea Wave turns open wall space in living rooms, offices, and gallery walls into a defined metal silhouette. The \u003cstrong\u003eDolphin with Sea Wave Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut dolphin-jumping-over-waves composition in powder-coated galvanized metal, marine-life cutwork rendered with stylized wave and island silhouettes that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 5 sizes across Black and White finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDolphin and wave composition in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut dolphin mid-jump over stylized ocean waves with island silhouette, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a coastal-living-room console, beach-house bathroom, or sea-themed feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive sizes for any wall span:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 47-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a console, vanity, or coastal-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, bathroom steam, and covered outdoor placement, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Five sizes (H × W): 18 x 15 in \/ 46 x 38 cm; 24 x 20 in \/ 61 x 51 cm; 32 x 27 in \/ 81 x 68 cm; 39 x 33 in \/ 99 x 83 cm; 47 x 39 in \/ 119 x 100 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at the smallest size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDolphin with Sea Wave Metal Wall Art (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBeach-house living rooms, coastal master bedrooms, lake-house bathrooms, surf-shop interiors, dive-bar accent walls, and pool-cabana covered porches all suit this design. The piece works above a vanity, console, or sofa, especially when paired with rope, driftwood, or marine-blue color palettes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes. Match the wall art finish to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 15 # 46 x 38","offer_id":49209209028906,"sku":"WA-0004-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 20 # 61 x 51","offer_id":49209209061674,"sku":"WA-0004-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 27 # 81 x 68","offer_id":49209209094442,"sku":"WA-0004-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 33 # 99 x 83","offer_id":49209209127210,"sku":"WA-0004-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 39 # 119 x 100","offer_id":49209209159978,"sku":"WA-0004-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 18 x 15 # 46 x 38","offer_id":49209209192746,"sku":"WA-0004-WH-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 24 x 20 # 61 x 51","offer_id":49209209225514,"sku":"WA-0004-WH-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 32 x 27 # 81 x 68","offer_id":49209209258282,"sku":"WA-0004-WH-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 39 x 33 # 99 x 83","offer_id":49209209291050,"sku":"WA-0004-WH-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White \/ 47 x 39 # 119 x 100","offer_id":49209209323818,"sku":"WA-0004-WH-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/dolphin-with-sea-wave-metal-wall-art-livingroom-decor.jpg?v=1762458912"},{"product_id":"bamboo-bathroom-storage-cabinet-with-laundry-basket","title":"Bamboo Bathroom Storage Cabinet with Laundry Basket","description":"\u003cp\u003eBamboo Bathroom Storage Cabinet with Laundry Basket gives bathrooms, powder rooms, and guest suites a cleaner place for towels and daily essentials. The \u003cstrong\u003eBamboo Bathroom Storage Cabinet with Laundry Basket\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix combines open shelving with an integrated laundry basket, so storage and a hamper share a single small footprint. Built from bamboo wood at approximately 38 in \/ 96.5 cm H × 17.3 in \/ 44 cm W × 13 in \/ 33 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage and hamper in one cabinet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike standalone bathroom shelves that still leave you needing a hamper, the integrated laundry basket pulls dirty towels and clothes out of view, open shelves above stay clear for clean towels, toiletries, and decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo construction reads as decor, not utility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm bamboo grain fits Scandinavian, spa, and natural-material bathroom palettes, softer feel than plastic or laminate cabinets, more decorative than wire shelving, durable for everyday bathroom use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 17-inch width fits small bathrooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The slim footprint suits apartments, powder rooms, and compact main bathrooms, fits beside a vanity, against a free wall, or in a corner without crowding doorways or walking paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 38 in \/ 96.5 cm H × 17.3 in \/ 44 cm W × 13 in \/ 33 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Open shelves for towels, toiletries, and decor; integrated laundry basket compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bamboo wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural bamboo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 7 kg \/ 15.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling required)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bathroom beside the vanity, powder room, laundry corner, narrow main bath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBamboo bathroom storage cabinet with integrated laundry compartment (assembled or with light assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the cabinet on a flat floor surface in the bathroom or laundry area, away from direct shower spray. Open shelves stay accessible for towels and toiletries; the integrated basket compartment receives dirty laundry from the top opening. The bamboo construction is rigid out of the box; ventilate the bathroom after showers to keep humidity low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the bamboo with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust and surface drips. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately; avoid soaking the bamboo, abrasive cleaners, or chemical solvents that can roughen the grain. Keep the bathroom ventilated to avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the laundry compartment hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe integrated basket compartment holds several bath towels or everyday clothing items for a single user or couple between washes. Pull dirty items in from the top opening; the bamboo enclosure keeps laundry out of sight while the open shelves above stay available for clean towels and toiletries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it stay in a humid bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBamboo handles normal bathroom humidity well, but it isn't designed for direct shower spray or standing water. Place the cabinet on a dry floor area, ventilate the bathroom after showers, and wipe the bamboo with a dry cloth if drips reach it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it fit best in a small bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest beside the vanity, against a free wall, or in a corner where the 17-inch width clears the doorway swing. Powder rooms, apartments, and compact main bathrooms suit it, the upper shelves stay accessible while the laundry compartment hides below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style the open shelves?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe bamboo cabinet pairs naturally with cream, white, and stone-tone bathroom palettes. Stack rolled towels on the upper shelves, add small toiletries in matching glass or ceramic containers, and leave one shelf with a single decorative object, a small plant, candle, or framed print, so the unit reads as styled, not just stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the bamboo cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the bamboo surfaces with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately. Avoid soaking the bamboo, harsh chemicals, or abrasive cleaners. Keep the cabinet ventilated to prevent prolonged moisture exposure in the bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49209206374698,"sku":"OTH-0001","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/bathroom-storage-cabinet-bamboo-shelves.jpg?v=1762459465"},{"product_id":"minimalist-slipper-rack","title":"Minimalist Slipper Rack and Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eMinimalist Slipper Rack and Shelf keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eMinimalist Slipper Rack and Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix pairs a powder-coated metal frame with a wooden front panel, warmer feel for entryways and bedrooms. Available in 2 finishes (Black, White) at Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 16.5 in \/ 42 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden front panel softens metal-frame look:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike all-metal slipper racks that read as utility storage, the wood panel front mixes warmth with structure, fits living-room-adjacent entryways and bedrooms where decor matters as much as function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 4-inch depth tucks under console tables:\u003c\/strong\u003e The compact profile fits under entryway consoles, hall benches, or wooden cabinets, adds slipper storage without crowding floor walkways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ships assembled with the wood front pre-attached. Place it on the floor; ready to use immediately, no tools or anchors required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 16.5 in \/ 42 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe + wooden front panel, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway under console, bedroom, beside bed, hallway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding minimalist slipper rack with wood front panel (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway. The wood front comes pre-attached to the metal frame, no tools, no assembly. Slip 3 pairs of adult slippers behind the wood panel; the wood reads as decor while the metal frame supports the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 3 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single linear row behind the wood front panel. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces, tile, wood, or stone, even when loaded with 3 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the wood panel hold up in entryways?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe front wood panel is a decorative cover, not a load-bearing surface, slippers rest on the metal frame inside. Wipe the wood with a soft dry cloth; avoid soaking it. Standard entryway humidity is fine; direct rain or shower-spray exposure isn't recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes, both finishes pair well across entryways, mudrooms, and bedrooms. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49474813100330,"sku":"RCK-0114-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49474813133098,"sku":"RCK-0114-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/modern-slipper-rack-wooden-front-cozy-room-2.jpg?v=1762459677"},{"product_id":"modern-slipper-rack-with-wood-top-metal-shoe-storage-organizer","title":"Modern Slipper Rack with Wood Top - Metal Shoe Storage Organizer","description":"\u003cp\u003eModern Slipper Rack with Wood Top keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eModern Slipper Rack with Wood Top\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a free-standing 2-tier slipper organizer with a solid wood top shelf, designed for entryways, hallways, mudrooms, bedrooms, and small apartments. Powder-coated metal pipe construction holds 4 slipper pairs in a 20\" H × 18\" W × 7\" D (50 × 45 × 18 cm) compact footprint. Available in Black, White, or Gold (all with natural wood top).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood-and-metal mixed material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid wood top shelf doubles as a key tray, decor surface, or small-object catch-all; powder-coated metal frame anchors the structure below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 7-inch depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shallow profile fits tight entryways and hallway corners without obstructing walkways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing, no drilling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Place on any flat floor; no wall hardware required. Renter-friendly and easy to reposition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen shelf for air circulation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slippers air out between uses, practical for daily indoor slippers, bathroom slippers, and guest stays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20\" H × 18\" W × 7\" D (50 × 45 × 18 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 slipper pairs (adult-sized; kids' slippers may stack more compactly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15×15 mm and 20×20 mm powder-coated metal pipe + solid wood top shelf; finish in Black, White, or Gold (all with natural wood top)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing (no wall mounting; place on a flat, level floor)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 kg \/ 8 lb 8 oz; assembled and ready out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-tier slipper rack with wood top (assembled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack ships fully welded and assembled. Place on a flat, level floor in your entryway, hallway, bedroom, or mudroom. Slippers go on the lower bar; the upper wood shelf works as a small-object surface, keys, mail, or compact decor near the entryway. No assembly, no wall hardware, and no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder-coated galvanized metal finish is more humidity-resistant than unfinished bare metal and suitable for indoor use in entryways, hallways, and bedrooms. Wipe occasionally with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust; for incidental moisture from wet slippers, wipe dry promptly. Keep the wood top dry after spills; wipe up promptly. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can scratch the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does this rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUp to 4 adult slipper pairs across the lower bar, comfortable for daily indoor slippers, bathroom slippers, and the occasional guest pair. Children's slippers or compact flat soles may stack more compactly; the upper wood shelf works as a key tray or decor surface, not as additional slipper storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The rack ships fully welded and assembled, so there are no parts to align or screws to tighten. Unbox it, place it on a flat, level floor in your entryway or bedroom, and load slippers directly. The wood top is pre-mounted and ready for use as a small surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it slide on tile or hardwood floors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe legs rest on rounded contact points. On glossy tile, polished hardwood, or smooth concrete, you may add stick-on felt pads (not included) for extra grip and floor protection. On carpet, matte tile, or textured hardwood, the rack typically stays in place under daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors on a covered patio?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder-coated finish is designed for indoor use (entryways, hallways, bedrooms). For covered outdoor placements like screened porches or covered patios, occasional use is acceptable; for direct rain, salt spray, or pool-deck splash, choose covered locations and wipe dry after exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and maintain it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the metal frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust; spot-clean with a damp cloth and mild non-abrasive detergent if needed. Keep the solid wood top dry, wipe up spills promptly to prevent staining. Avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can scratch the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49559783145770,"sku":"RCK-0115-BK","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49559783178538,"sku":"RCK-0115-WH","price":169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49559790027050,"sku":"RCK-0115-GD","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-slipper-rack-with-wood-top.jpg?v=1762459792"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-slipper-rack-with-wooden-front-for-compact-storage","title":"Wall Mounted Slipper Rack with Wooden Front for Compact Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eWall Mounted Slipper Rack with Wooden Front for Compact Storage gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eWall Mounted Slipper Rack with Wooden Front\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix mounts at shin-height to keep slippers off the floor entirely, wood-and-metal design reads as decor, not storage. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 7 in \/ 17 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 3.5 in \/ 9 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims floor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike floor racks that occupy walking paths in narrow entryways, the wall-mounted design lifts slippers entirely off the floor, no tripping, easier vacuuming, more space for foot traffic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden front softens entryway aesthetics:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wood panel front mixes warmth with the metal frame, fits decor-conscious entryways and apartments where wall-mounted storage shouldn't look industrial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 3.5-inch depth profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sits flush against the wall, minimal protrusion into the entryway, easier to walk past without bumping a hip or shoulder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 7 in \/ 17 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 3.5 in \/ 9 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe + wooden front panel, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 3 kg \/ 6.6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow entryways, mudrooms, apartment hallways where floor space matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted slipper rack with wood front panel (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting hole positions on the wall using a level; recommended mounting height is 8-10 inches above the floor. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws via the back-mounted brackets. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 3 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single linear row behind the wood front panel. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMounting screws and anchors are included for drywall installations. For tile, plaster, or masonry walls, swap to wall-specific anchors rated for the rack's loaded weight; use a tile-specific drill bit (carbide-tipped) at low speed for tile. Recommended mounting height: 8-10 inches above the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height should I mount it at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRecommended mounting height is 8-10 inches above the floor, placing the slipper opening at shin level for easy slide-in use while standing. Mount slightly lower for kids' slippers, or slightly higher for tall adults and entryways with nearby stairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49559950360874,"sku":"RCK-0116-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49559950393642,"sku":"RCK-0116-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49559950426410,"sku":"RCK-0116-GD","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/modern-wall-mounted-slipper-rack-black-wooden-front.jpg?v=1762459792"},{"product_id":"minimalist-wall-mounted-slipper-rack-for-small-space-organization","title":"Minimalist Wall Mounted Slipper Rack for Small Space Organization","description":"\u003cp\u003eMinimalist Wall Mounted Slipper Rack for Small Space Organization keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eMinimalist Wall Mounted Slipper Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wider 23-inch wall-mounted design for 3 pairs in a row, slim profile, no extras. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 23 in \/ 58 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims floor space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike freestanding racks that occupy walkway floor in narrow entryways, the wall-mounted design lifts slippers entirely off the floor, easier vacuuming, more space for foot traffic, no tripping risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider 23-inch span for 3-pair single row:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds 3 pairs in a clean horizontal line, no stacking, no tiering, every pair visible at a glance. Cleaner sightline than vertical multi-tier racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStripped-down silhouette, no wood, no extras:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pure powder-coated metal pipe, minimalist visual weight that doesn't compete with entryway art, mirror, or other wall decor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 6 in \/ 15 cm H × 23 in \/ 58 cm W × 4 in \/ 10 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the rack's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow entryways, hallways, apartment walls where floor space matters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted minimalist slipper rack (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting hole positions on the wall using a level; recommended mounting height is 8-10 inches above the floor. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the rack on the screws via the back-mounted brackets. Install takes under 10 minutes with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 3 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single horizontal row. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMounting screws and anchors are included for drywall installations. For tile, plaster, or masonry walls, swap to wall-specific anchors rated for the rack's loaded weight; use a tile-specific drill bit (carbide-tipped) at low speed for tile. Recommended mounting height: 8-10 inches above the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height should I mount it at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRecommended mounting height is 8-10 inches above the floor so slippers stay easy to reach while standing. Mount lower for children's slippers, or slightly higher if your entryway has nearby stairs and slippers are picked up while bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49560381030698,"sku":"RCK-0117-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49560381063466,"sku":"RCK-0117-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49560381096234,"sku":"RCK-0117-GD","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/minimalist-wall-slipper-rack.jpg?v=1762459793"},{"product_id":"three-tier-slipper-rack-with-white-metal-frame-for-entryway-storage","title":"Three Tier Slipper Rack for Entryway Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eThree Tier Slipper Rack for Entryway Storage gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eThree Tier Slipper Rack\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a 3-tier freestanding rack holding 9 pairs total, enough for a full household plus guest pairs. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 18 in \/ 45 cm H × 20 in \/ 50 cm W × 6 in \/ 15 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 tiers × 3 pairs = 9-pair capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike single-row racks that overflow with 4+ family members, the 3-tier vertical design fits 9 pairs in the same 20-inch wide footprint, covers everyday slippers for the whole household plus guest spares.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18-inch height fits beside entryway furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall enough for vertical 3-tier capacity, short enough to fit beside benches, console tables, or shoe cabinets without dominating the entryway sightline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced 15×15 mm + 10×20 mm metal pipe frame ships ready to use. Place it on the entryway floor and load, no tools, no anchors, no assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 18 in \/ 45 cm H × 20 in \/ 50 cm W × 6 in \/ 15 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm + 10 × 20 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6 kg \/ 13 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Family entryway, mudroom, multi-person household, beside front door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding 3-tier metal slipper rack, 9-pair capacity (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway. The 6 kg reinforced metal frame ships assembled and stable, no tools, no anchoring, no assembly required. Load slippers across the 3 tiers; the open frame keeps each pair visible and ventilated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 9 pairs of standard adult slippers in 3 vertical tiers of 3 pairs each. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces, tile, wood, or stone, even when loaded with 9 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest in family entryways with multiple household members, mudrooms with seasonal slipper rotation, large apartments with several roommates, or beside-door slipper storage for households with frequent guests. The 18-inch height suits standalone or alongside-furniture placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49560491655466,"sku":"RCK-0118-BK","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49560491688234,"sku":"RCK-0118-WH","price":199.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49560491721002,"sku":"RCK-0118-GD","price":209.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-slipper-rack-modern-design.jpg?v=1762459793"},{"product_id":"metal-slipper-stand-with-double-layer-for-home-organization","title":"Metal Slipper Stand with Double Layer for Home Organization","description":"\u003cp\u003eMetal Slipper Stand with Double Layer for Home Organization keeps entry shoes off the floor while preserving a clean storage profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eMetal Slipper Stand with Double Layer\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a 2-tier freestanding rack, 3 pairs per tier, 6 pairs total in a compact 16-inch wide footprint. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 9 in \/ 22 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 8 in \/ 20 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 tiers × 3 pairs = 6-pair capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike single-row racks for 2-3 pairs, the double layer doubles capacity, covers a 3-person household or a couple's everyday plus seasonal slippers in the same compact footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 9-inch height fits sub-bench:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lower than 3-tier racks but tall enough for double-layer storage, fits under entryway benches, beside dressers, or in mudroom corners without taking the full vertical span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The reinforced 15×15 mm + 20×20 mm metal pipe frame ships ready to use. Place it on the floor and load, no tools, no anchors, no assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 9 in \/ 22 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 8 in \/ 20 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 × 15 mm + 20 × 20 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, mudroom, beside dresser, sub-bench storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding 2-tier metal slipper stand, 6-pair capacity (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway or in the mudroom. The reinforced metal frame ships assembled and stable, no tools, no anchoring, no assembly required. Load slippers across the 2 tiers; the open frame keeps each pair visible and ventilated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 6 pairs of standard adult slippers in 2 vertical tiers of 3 pairs each. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces, tile, wood, or stone, even when loaded with 6 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does it work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBest for couples or 3-person households needing more than single-row capacity, smaller mudrooms or entryways where a 3-tier rack would feel too tall, beside dressers or under wall hooks for layered storage. Works in apartments and houses alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49560609915178,"sku":"RCK-0119-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49560609947946,"sku":"RCK-0119-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49560609980714,"sku":"RCK-0119-GD","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-slipper-stand-modern-design.jpg?v=1762459795"},{"product_id":"angled-slipper-holder-for-efficient-space-saving","title":"Angled Slipper Holder for Efficient Space Saving","description":"\u003cp\u003eAngled Slipper Holder for Efficient Space Saving gives entryways, closets, and mudrooms a more defined place for everyday footwear. The \u003cstrong\u003eAngled Slipper Holder for Efficient Space Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix tilts the slipper opening forward, making each pair visible at a glance and easier to slip on while standing. Available in 3 finishes (Black, White, Gold) at Approximately 8 in \/ 20 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 4.8 in \/ 12 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled display slot makes pairs visible at a glance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike flat racks where slippers blend into a row, the forward-tilted slots show the toe of each pair, pick the right slipper without crouching or pulling pairs out one by one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasier slip-on while standing:\u003c\/strong\u003e The angled opening lets you slide a foot in directly from a standing position, no bending to ground level, useful for older household members or anyone with back\/knee considerations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing with no assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10×20 mm rectangular metal pipe frame ships ready to use. Place it on the floor, no tools, no anchors, no assembly time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before packing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edges, coating, and hardware fit are reviewed before shipment so the product arrives ready for standard home installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 8 in \/ 20 cm H × 16 in \/ 40 cm W × 4.8 in \/ 12 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pairs of standard adult slippers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 × 20 mm metal pipe, electrostatic powder-coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2 kg \/ 4.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, no assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Entryway, hallway, beside the bed, mudroom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding angled slipper holder (assembled, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the rack on a flat floor surface near the entryway. The angled frame ships assembled, no tools, no anchoring, no assembly required. Load slippers from above; the forward tilt of each slot shows the toe of every pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth to remove dust. For deeper cleaning, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish. The unit is designed for indoor use; avoid prolonged moisture exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many slipper pairs does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe rack comfortably holds 3 pairs of standard adult slippers in a single angled-display row. House slippers, slip-ons, and flat-soled indoor shoes all fit; bulkier outdoor sneakers may not slide cleanly into the slim slot profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stay stable on my floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe weighted base helps keep the rack stable on flat, level surfaces, tile, wood, or stone, even when loaded with 3 pairs of slippers. No anchoring required, no assembly needed; place it on a level entryway or hallway floor and it's ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy an angled design over a flat rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe forward tilt makes slippers easier to identify at a glance and easier to slip on while standing, useful for households where slippers get changed multiple times per day, for older users avoiding bending to floor level, or in entryways where the rack doubles as a small visible display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors; White suits Scandinavian, neutral, and minimalist palettes; Gold complements warm metallic accents, brass hardware, and luxury or transitional decor. Match the rack finish to entryway hooks, console legs, or door hardware for the most cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated frame with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the powder-coat finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":49560665456938,"sku":"RCK-0120-BK","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":49560665489706,"sku":"RCK-0120-WH","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold","offer_id":49560665522474,"sku":"RCK-0120-GD","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/black-metal-slipper-holder-minimalist-design.jpg?v=1762459795"},{"product_id":"mountain-peaks-and-trees-metal-decor","title":"Mountain Peaks and Trees Metal Wall Art – Galvanized Steel Lake Landscape, Single-Piece","description":"\u003cp\u003eMountain Peaks and Trees adds a laser-cut metal focal point for living rooms, bedrooms, and covered outdoor walls, with a cleaner presence than a flat print. The \u003cstrong\u003eMountain Peaks and Trees Metal Decor\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut mountain-with-pine-and-reflection composition in powder-coated galvanized metal, layered cutwork that captures alpine depth with a two-tone White Mountain Black Forest finish or a unified all-Black option. Available in 9 sizes across two finish styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-tone alpine landscape composition:\u003c\/strong\u003e White-mountain peaks layered over black-forest pine ridges create depth, a single composition that reads sculptural rather than flat-printed even from across a long wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine sizes from accent to massive feature wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch compact to 95-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a sofa, headboard, mantel, or open-living-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, mountain-cabin placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nine sizes (H × W): 18 x 14 in \/ 46 x 35 cm; 24 x 18 in \/ 61 x 46 cm; 32 x 24 in \/ 81 x 61 cm; 39 x 29 in \/ 99 x 74 cm; 47 x 35 in \/ 119 x 90 cm; 55 x 41 in \/ 140 x 105 cm; 63 x 47 in \/ 160 x 120 cm; 79 x 59 in \/ 201 x 150 cm; 95 x 71 in \/ 241 x 181 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e White Mountain Black Forest, Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at smallest; sizes 47-inch and above ship in two-piece sections to prevent transit damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMountain Peaks and Trees Metal Decor (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhite Mountain Black Forest two-tone reads as alpine-modern landscape art; the all-Black option suits monochrome industrial and urban-modern interiors. Match the wall art to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents, wood tones, neutral textiles, and natural-fiber rugs work especially well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49601438744874,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49601438777642,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49601438810410,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49601438843178,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49601438875946,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 55 x 41 # 140 x 105","offer_id":49601438908714,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 63 x 47 # 160 x 120","offer_id":49601438941482,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-63","price":359.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 79 x 59 # 201 x 155","offer_id":49601438974250,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-79","price":449.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Mountain Black Forest \/ 95 x 71 # 241 x 181","offer_id":49601439007018,"sku":"WA-0204-WBF-95","price":539.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 18 x 14 # 46 x 35","offer_id":49601439072554,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 24 x 18 # 61 x 46","offer_id":49601439105322,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-24","price":109.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 32 x 24 # 81 x 61","offer_id":49601439138090,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-32","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 39 x 29 # 99 x 74","offer_id":49601439170858,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-39","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 47 x 35 # 119 x 90","offer_id":49601439203626,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 55 x 41 # 140 x 105","offer_id":49601439236394,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-55","price":279.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 63 x 47 # 160 x 120","offer_id":49601439269162,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-63","price":359.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 79 x 59 # 201 x 155","offer_id":49601439301930,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-79","price":449.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 95 x 71 # 241 x 181","offer_id":49601439334698,"sku":"WA-0204-BK-95","price":539.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/nature-inspired-metal-wall-art-mountain-lake-silhouette.jpg?v=1762459864"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-wooden-nightstand","title":"Walnut Wall-Mounted Wooden Nightstand with Drawer and Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eWalnut Wall-Mounted Wooden Nightstand with Drawer and Shelf gives bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces useful surface or seating function without a heavy visual footprint. The \u003cstrong\u003eWalnut Wall-Mounted Wooden Nightstand\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wall-mounted European walnut shelf with a concealed drawer below and an open display surface above, engineered for floating bedside use. Available as a single piece or a matched two-piece pair at approximately 18.1 in \/ 46 cm L × 13.8 in \/ 35 cm W × 8.7 in \/ 22 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted reclaims floor space beside the bed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike floor-standing nightstands that occupy walking paths in tight bedrooms, the wall-mounted design floats at mattress height, easier vacuuming below, no leg-bumping in narrow rooms, more space for under-bed storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden drawer plus open display in one piece:\u003c\/strong\u003e The walnut-lined drawer keeps everyday small items concealed; the upper surface stays clear for a lamp, book, glass of water, or alarm clock, separation between out-of-sight and at-hand items in a compact footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuropean walnut grain reads as considered furniture:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid walnut with visible grain pairs naturally with neutral and Scandinavian bedroom palettes, mid-century furniture, or rich-toned interiors, warmer than laminate or painted-MDF nightstands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 18.1 in \/ 46 cm L × 13.8 in \/ 35 cm W × 8.7 in \/ 22 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawer for everyday small items (phone, charger, glasses, reading material); upper surface for a lamp, book, and bedside essentials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid European walnut wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural walnut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 7 kg \/ 15.4 lb (per piece)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting bracket included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the nightstand's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside the bed at mattress height; suits bedrooms, guest rooms, and minimalist interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalnut wall-mounted wooden nightstand (assembled with mounting bracket pre-attached); single piece or matched pair as ordered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting bracket position on the wall using a level, recommended mounting height is at mattress-top height (typically 25-28 inches from the floor). Drill pilot holes; insert anchors rated for your wall material and the nightstand's loaded weight; drive the included screws. Hang the nightstand on the bracket. For the two-piece option, repeat on the opposite side of the bed at the same height for a symmetrical layout. Install takes about 15 minutes per piece with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately; avoid soaking the wood, harsh chemicals, or abrasive cleaners. Keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture to preserve the grain and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle or pair, which option fits my bedroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the single piece for one side of the bed (smaller bedrooms, single-sleeper layouts, or apartments) or the matched pair for a balanced look on both sides. The two-piece option ships as two identical units; mount each at the same height for a symmetrical bedside layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWall-mounted; the bracket ships pre-attached to the back. Mark the bracket position with a level, then use anchors rated for your wall material and the nightstand's loaded weight. Recommended height is mattress-top height, typically 25-28 inches from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does the drawer and surface hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSized for everyday bedside loads, a lamp, books, a glass of water, phone, charger, glasses. The drawer fits typical small bedside items (chargers, lip balm, journals). Avoid mounting it as a heavy-load shelf for stacked books or bulky electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe walnut nightstand pairs with Scandinavian bedrooms, mid-century interiors, and neutral or warm-toned palettes. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and maintain the wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the walnut surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately; avoid soaking the wood, harsh chemicals, or abrasive cleaners. Keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture to preserve the grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"One Piece","offer_id":49664838992170,"sku":"FRN-0002","price":479.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two Pieces","offer_id":49664839024938,"sku":"FRN-0002-2P","price":899.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/walnut-wall-mounted-wooden-bedside-table-closeup-drawer-design.jpg?v=1762459936"},{"product_id":"wall-mounted-black-nightstand","title":"Wall-Mounted Black Nightstand with Walnut Wooden Top and Metal Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eWall-Mounted Black Nightstand with Walnut Wooden Top and Metal Shelf adds compact furniture function for bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces with a cleaner everyday profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eWall-Mounted Black Nightstand with Walnut Wooden Top and Metal Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix combines a solid walnut top surface with a sturdy black metal lower shelf, floating bedside storage in a slim 15 cm depth profile. Available as a single piece or a matched two-piece pair at approximately 15.7 in \/ 40 cm L × 7.9 in \/ 20 cm W × 5.9 in \/ 15 cm D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut top plus metal shelf, two surfaces, one piece:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike single-surface floating shelves, the walnut top hosts a lamp or book while the lower black metal shelf catches phone, charger, or current read, separation without a second wall hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlim 15 cm depth fits narrow bedrooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shallow profile suits tight bedside spaces, guest rooms, and apartments where a standard 22+ cm nightstand would crowd the bed, protrudes minimally into walking paths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed-material design fits modern interiors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm walnut grain on top, matte-black metal frame below, pairs naturally with industrial-modern, mid-century, monochrome, or warm-minimalist bedroom palettes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrandmix finish check:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cut, coated, packed, and checked so the visible edges, finish, and mounting points arrive ready for everyday placement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 15.7 in \/ 40 cm L × 7.9 in \/ 20 cm W × 5.9 in \/ 15 cm D\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Walnut top for a lamp, glass of water, or book; lower metal shelf for phone, charger, journal, or current read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid walnut wood top + powder-coated metal frame and shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black metal frame with natural walnut top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 5 kg \/ 11 lb (per piece)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting bracket included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the nightstand's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside the bed in narrow bedrooms, guest rooms, apartments, modern bedside layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted nightstand with walnut top and black metal shelf (assembled, mounting bracket pre-attached); single piece or matched pair as ordered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting bracket position on the wall using a level, recommended mounting height is at mattress-top height (typically 25-28 inches from the floor). Drill pilot holes; insert anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight; drive the included screws. Hang the nightstand on the bracket. For the matched pair, install the second unit at the same height on the opposite side of the bed for a symmetrical layout. About 15 minutes per piece with a basic drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut top with a soft, dry cloth; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately. Wipe the powder-coated metal frame and shelf with a dry or barely-damp microfiber. Avoid abrasive cleaners or harsh solvents on either surface; keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture to preserve the wood grain and metal finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle or pair, which fits my bedroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the single piece for one side of the bed (single-sleeper or compact-room layouts) or the matched pair for symmetrical bedside coverage on both sides. The two-piece option ships as two identical units; install each at the same height for a balanced look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWall-mounted; the bracket ships pre-attached. Mark the bracket position with a level, use anchors rated for your wall material and the loaded weight, then drive the screws and hang the nightstand. Recommended height is mattress-top height, typically 25-28 inches from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does each surface hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach surface is sized for everyday bedside loads, a lamp on top, phone and charger on the lower shelf, a book or two. The walnut top and metal shelf together suit typical bedside use; avoid stacking heavy loads or using either as a primary storage surface for bulky items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe nightstand pairs with industrial-modern bedrooms, monochrome interiors, and warm-minimalist rooms. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the walnut top and metal frame?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the walnut top with a soft, dry cloth; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately. Wipe the powder-coated metal frame with a dry or barely-damp microfiber. Avoid abrasive cleaners or harsh solvents on either surface; keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"One Piece","offer_id":49664820445482,"sku":"FRN-0003","price":179.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Two Pieces","offer_id":49664820478250,"sku":"FRN-0003-2P","price":299.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wall-mounted-wooden-metal-bedside-table-closeup.jpg?v=1762459943"},{"product_id":"wooden-side-table-snowflake-epoxy","title":"Wooden Side Table with Snowflake Epoxy Design and Tapered Legs","description":"\u003cp\u003eWooden Side Table with Snowflake Epoxy Design and Tapered Legs gives bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces useful surface or seating function without a heavy visual footprint. The \u003cstrong\u003eWooden Side Table with Snowflake Epoxy Design\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix pairs a 45 cm round walnut top with a hand-poured snowflake epoxy inlay, available in white-epoxy or blue-epoxy variants for sofa-side or chair-side use. Approximately 17.7 in \/ 45 cm diameter × 18.9 in \/ 48 cm H.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSnowflake epoxy inlay reads as decor first, table second:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike plain wood side tables that disappear into a sofa setup, the hand-poured epoxy snowflake pattern catches light and frames the surface, works as a sculptural accent in living rooms, bedrooms, and entry corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSofa-arm height for everyday lounge use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 48 cm height matches standard sofa-arm height, set down a coffee mug, book, or laptop without reaching down. Pairs well beside the sofa, beside the bed, or as a small accent table in a reading corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut top and tapered legs, mid-century silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid European walnut with slim tapered legs reads as mid-century or transitional furniture, pairs with neutral, Scandinavian, or warm-toned interiors without dominating the sofa setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 17.7 in \/ 45 cm diameter × 18.9 in \/ 48 cm H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top surface for a lamp, books, drinks, or decorative objects; sized for typical sofa-side or chair-side loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid European walnut wood with hand-poured epoxy resin inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e White epoxy inlay or Blue epoxy inlay (both on natural walnut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 7 kg \/ 15.4 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (semi-assembled; legs attach in minutes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside the sofa, beside a lounge chair, beside the bed, or as a small accent table in a reading corner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden side table with snowflake epoxy top (one piece, finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour tapered legs with included mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbox the walnut top and four tapered legs. Place the top epoxy-side down on a soft, padded surface (the original packaging works well). Attach each leg to the underside using the included hardware, typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. Flip the assembled table upright and place it on a flat floor surface beside a sofa, lounge chair, or bed. The semi-assembled design ships compact and ready to set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut and epoxy surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately; avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the epoxy clarity and the walnut grain over time. Keep away from direct sunlight and prolonged moisture to preserve the inlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite epoxy or Blue epoxy, what's the difference?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhite epoxy reads as soft and neutral, pairs with cream, beige, and Scandinavian palettes. Blue epoxy reads as a deeper accent, works against neutral upholstery or in bedrooms and reading corners where a pop of color frames the surface. Both share the same walnut top and tapered-leg silhouette.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the epoxy inlay made, is each one unique?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach snowflake pattern is hand-poured into the walnut, which means slight variations in the resin pattern, edge texture, and depth between individual tables. The variation is part of the handcrafted character, your table will be visually consistent with the listing image but not identical down to the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does assembly work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe table ships semi-assembled, the walnut top with the epoxy inlay is one piece, and the four tapered legs attach to the underside with included hardware. Typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. No glue or specialized tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe snowflake epoxy side table pairs with mid-century living rooms, neutral and Scandinavian palettes, and warm-toned bedrooms. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the walnut and epoxy surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately. Avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the epoxy clarity and the walnut finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":49656834294058,"sku":"FRN-0004-WH","price":539.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":49656834326826,"sku":"FRN-0004-BL","price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/handcrafted-wooden-side-table-starburst-design.jpg?v=1762459943"},{"product_id":"walnut-epoxy-side-table","title":"Walnut and Epoxy Side Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eWalnut and Epoxy Side Table adds compact furniture function for bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces with a cleaner everyday profile. The \u003cstrong\u003eWalnut and Epoxy Side Table\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix pairs a 50 cm round solid-walnut top with a flowing resin river effect, each piece slightly unique because the resin is poured by hand. Approximately 19.7 in \/ 50 cm diameter × 18.9 in \/ 48 cm H, with a 2-2.5 cm thick tabletop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResin river effect, handcrafted, never identical:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike mass-produced printed-pattern tables, the epoxy is poured into the walnut grain by hand. Pattern, color depth, and edge texture vary slightly between pieces, your table will be visually consistent with the listing but unique in its detail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid 2-2.5 cm walnut tabletop:\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial top thickness gives the table physical presence, heavier in the room than thin-veneer side tables, more durable against everyday knocks, and visually balanced with the resin inlay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard sofa-side height (48 cm):\u003c\/strong\u003e Sized at near-standard sofa-arm height, drink, lamp, or book sits within easy reach from a seated position. Pairs with most sofas, sectionals, and lounge chairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade for real rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e The final form is kept practical to install, simple to clean, and easy to coordinate with the finish options above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 19.7 in \/ 50 cm diameter × 18.9 in \/ 48 cm H; tabletop thickness 0.8-1 in \/ 2-2.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Top surface for a lamp, books, drinks, or decorative objects; sized for typical sofa-side or chair-side loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid walnut wood with hand-poured epoxy resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural walnut with epoxy resin river\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8 kg \/ 17.6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (semi-assembled; detachable legs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside the sofa or lounge chair, in a reading corner, beside the bed, or as a small accent in a study or office\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalnut and epoxy side table top (one solid piece, resin pre-cured)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetachable legs with included mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbox the walnut tabletop and the legs. Place the top resin-side down on a soft, padded surface (the original packaging works well). Attach each leg to the underside via the pre-drilled holes using the included hardware, typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. Flip the assembled table upright and place it on a flat floor surface beside a sofa or lounge chair. The detachable-leg design ships compact for shipping and easy room-to-room moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut and epoxy surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately; avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the resin clarity and the walnut grain. Use a coaster or trivet under hot items, and keep away from direct sunlight and prolonged moisture to preserve the resin color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does each table look slightly different?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe resin river is hand-poured into each walnut top, so flow, color depth, and edge texture vary slightly between pieces. Your table will be visually consistent with the listing image, but not identical down to each line, that variation is part of the handcrafted character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does assembly work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe table ships semi-assembled, the walnut tabletop is one piece with the epoxy already cured, and the legs are detachable with pre-drilled holes for quick attachment. Typically under 10 minutes with the included hardware and a basic screwdriver. No glue or specialized tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the epoxy resin discolor or scratch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCured epoxy is durable for everyday side-table use, drinks, books, lamps, decorative objects. Avoid placing very hot items directly on the resin (use a coaster or trivet) and avoid abrasive cleaners. Direct sunlight over years can affect resin color; place it out of harsh prolonged sun for best long-term clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe walnut and epoxy side table pairs with neutral living rooms, mid-century interiors, and minimalist sofa setups. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the walnut and epoxy surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately. Avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the epoxy clarity and the walnut finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49656835604778,"sku":"FRN-0005","price":539.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/round-wooden-table-blue-resin-living-room.jpg?v=1762459945"},{"product_id":"piano-makeup-stool-fabric-upholstery","title":"Piano and Makeup Stool with Fabric Upholstery","description":"\u003cp\u003ePiano and Makeup Stool with Fabric Upholstery gives bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces useful surface or seating function without a heavy visual footprint. The \u003cstrong\u003ePiano and Makeup Stool with Fabric Upholstery\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix pairs a fabric-upholstered cushioned seat with a solid walnut frame, sized for sit-down sessions at a piano keyboard, vanity table, or low desk. Approximately 11.4 in \/ 29 cm D × 18.8 in \/ 48 cm W × 18 in \/ 47 cm H.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCushioned fabric seat for longer sit-down use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike hard wooden benches that get uncomfortable after twenty minutes, the fabric upholstery softens long piano sessions, makeup routines, or seated tasks at a low desk, a real seat, not just a perch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalnut frame reads as furniture, not utility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The solid walnut legs and frame pair with bedroom vanities, living-room piano corners, and dressing rooms, looks at home next to other walnut or warm-wood pieces, more decorative than typical metal stools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile across rooms:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works at a piano, makeup vanity, low writing desk, or as occasional extra seating in a hallway or guest room, one piece, multiple uses, easy to relocate when guests visit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before packing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edges, coating, and hardware fit are reviewed before shipment so the product arrives ready for standard home installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 11.4 in \/ 29 cm D × 18.8 in \/ 48 cm W × 18 in \/ 47 cm H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single seat sized for adult use at a piano, vanity, low desk, or as occasional extra seating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid walnut wood frame with fabric upholstery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural walnut frame with fabric seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 5 kg \/ 11 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (no drilling, minor assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside a piano or keyboard, at a bedroom vanity, in front of a low writing desk, or as occasional seating in a guest room or hallway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiano and makeup stool with fabric-upholstered seat (assembled or with light assembly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the stool on a flat floor surface beside the piano, vanity, or low desk. The walnut frame ships rigid; if light assembly is required, attach the legs to the upholstered seat using the included hardware, typically under 10 minutes with a basic screwdriver. Once placed, the stool is ready to use; relocate by lifting (about 5 kg) when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVacuum or brush the fabric upholstery regularly to remove dust; spot-clean spills with a barely-damp cloth and mild soap, blotting rather than rubbing. Wipe the walnut legs with a soft, dry cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners or harsh solvents on either the fabric or wood. Keep away from direct sunlight to preserve the upholstery color and walnut grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the seat comfortable for longer sessions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe fabric-upholstered cushion is sized for adult sit-down use, practice at a piano, daily makeup routine, or seated work at a low desk. The walnut frame keeps the stool stable; the cushion softens the seat for sessions longer than 15-20 minutes, where a hard bench would feel firm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the seat, will it work at my piano or vanity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSeat height is approximately 18 in \/ 47 cm, close to standard piano-bench height (typically 19-20 in for adults). Comfortable for most upright pianos, digital keyboards on standard stands, and bedroom vanities at typical desk-to-floor heights. Measure your piano keyboard height before ordering for the best fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in different rooms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The 5 kg weight and 48 cm width make it easy to move between a piano corner, a bedroom vanity, a guest hallway, or a low-desk workspace. The walnut-and-fabric look fits modern, transitional, and warm-toned interiors across rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe walnut and fabric stool pairs with warm-wood interiors, modern bedrooms with vanities, and transitional living rooms. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the fabric and walnut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nVacuum or brush the fabric upholstery regularly to remove dust; spot-clean spills with a barely-damp cloth and mild soap, blotting rather than rubbing. Wipe the walnut legs with a soft, dry cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners or harsh solvents on either the fabric or wood surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49656876925226,"sku":"FRN-0006","price":359.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wooden-stool-with-gray-cushion-front-of-wooden-cabinet.jpg?v=1762459945"},{"product_id":"3-piece-walnut-nesting-table-set","title":"3-Piece Walnut Nesting Table Set","description":"\u003cp\u003e3-Piece Walnut Nesting Table Set adds compact furniture function for bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces with a cleaner everyday profile. The \u003cstrong\u003e3-Piece Walnut Nesting Table Set\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix offers three solid European walnut tables in graduated sizes, Large, Medium, and Small, that stack into a single footprint or spread across the living room as needed. Configurable as the full three-piece set, a Large+Medium pair, or a Medium+Small pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree tables collapse into one footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike fixed side tables that always occupy floor space, the nesting design lets you tuck the medium and small tables under the large one when the room needs to feel open, then pull them out when guests arrive or you need three drink-and-snack surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree configurations to match the room:\u003c\/strong\u003e Order the full three-piece set for maximum flexibility, the Large+Medium pair for couples or smaller living rooms, or the Medium+Small pair for compact apartments or studio spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid European walnut, mid-century silhouette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each table is built from solid European walnut with visible grain and slim-leg geometry, pairs with mid-century, transitional, or warm-toned interiors. Slight grain variation between pieces is part of the natural-wood character.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large: 25.2 in \/ 64 cm L × 17.3 in \/ 44 cm W × 18.7 in \/ 47.5 cm H; Medium: 21.3 in \/ 54 cm L × 14.6 in \/ 37 cm W × 16.7 in \/ 42.5 cm H; Small: 17.3 in \/ 44 cm L × 11.8 in \/ 30 cm W × 14.6 in \/ 37 cm H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Large for sofa-side use; Medium for books or magazines; Small for a candle, drink, or display object\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid European walnut wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinishes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Three configurations: Large+Medium+Small (full set), Large+Medium (pair), or Medium+Small (pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 8 kg \/ 17.6 lb (full three-piece set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing on a flat floor (semi-assembled; legs attach in minutes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Living room beside a sofa or sectional, beside lounge chairs, or in a reading corner where surfaces fan out for entertaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalnut nesting tables (configuration as ordered: 3-piece set, Large+Medium pair, or Medium+Small pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware for leg attachment per table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbox each tabletop and the legs. Place each tabletop face-down on a soft, padded surface (the original packaging works well). Attach the legs via the pre-drilled holes using the included hardware, typically under 10 minutes per table with a basic screwdriver. Flip each table upright. To nest, slide the smaller table directly under the next larger one; to use as separate side tables, fan them out across the living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately; avoid soaking the wood, harsh chemicals, or abrasive cleaners. Use coasters under wet glasses, and keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture to preserve the grain across all three tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich configuration should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the full three-piece set for maximum flexibility, three surfaces fan out for entertaining or stack to one footprint daily. The Large+Medium pair suits couples or living rooms where two tables cover everyday needs. The Medium+Small pair fits compact apartments or studios where the large table would crowd the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the nesting actually work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach smaller table is sized to slide directly under the next larger table, Small fits under Medium, Medium fits under Large. Stacked, the set occupies only the Large table's footprint. To use, lift the smaller tables out from underneath and place them where needed; no disassembly required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does assembly work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach table ships semi-assembled, pre-drilled holes in each tabletop and legs that screw in by hand using included hardware. Typically under 10 minutes per table with a basic screwdriver; no specialized tools required. Once assembled, the tables nest immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe walnut nesting table set pairs with mid-century living rooms, transitional interiors, and warm-toned palettes. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean and maintain the wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the walnut surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth and dry immediately; avoid soaking the wood, harsh chemicals, or abrasive cleaners. Keep away from direct sunlight and excessive moisture to preserve the grain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Large-Medium-Small","offer_id":49664790167850,"sku":"FRN-0007","price":599.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large-Medium","offer_id":49664790200618,"sku":"FRN-0007-LM","price":539.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium-Small","offer_id":49664790233386,"sku":"FRN-0007-MS","price":479.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/three-wooden-nesting-tables-stacked-together-1.jpg?v=1762459951"},{"product_id":"c-shaped-coffee-table","title":"C-Shaped Coffee Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eC-Shaped Coffee Table gives bedrooms, guest rooms, and everyday living spaces useful surface or seating function without a heavy visual footprint. The \u003cstrong\u003eC-Shaped Coffee Table\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a wheeled solid-walnut and epoxy-resin C-frame designed to roll under a sofa or sectional, putting the tabletop at lap height for laptop work, eating, drinks, or magazines. Approximately 22.8 in \/ 58 cm H × 18.5 in \/ 47 cm D × 13.7 in \/ 35 cm W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eC-shape slides under the sofa for over-lap use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike standard coffee tables you have to lean forward to reach, the open C-frame fits under the sofa cushion edge so the tabletop sits directly above your lap, work, eat, or set a drink without leaving the seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels make it easy to reposition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small wheels underneath let you roll the table across hard floors and low-pile rugs, move it from the sofa to the lounge chair, push it aside when guests need to walk past, then roll it back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid aged walnut with epoxy resin top:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each top is solid aged walnut with hand-finished epoxy resin, hand-joined, sanded, and finished by the studio. Slight grain and resin variations between pieces are part of the handcrafted character.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for repeat use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The structure is planned for ordinary handling, regular cleaning, and long-term placement in the rooms listed above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approximately 22.8 in \/ 58 cm H × 18.5 in \/ 47 cm D × 13.7 in \/ 35 cm W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tabletop sized for a laptop, plate, drinks, books, or magazines while seated on a sofa or lounge chair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid aged walnut wood with epoxy resin top; metal-free construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural aged walnut with epoxy resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 6 kg \/ 13.2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Free-standing with wheels on the underside (semi-assembled; legs attach in minutes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest placement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beside the sofa or sectional with the C-base sliding under the cushion edge, beside a lounge chair, or as a roll-around laptop stand in a living room or home office\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC-shaped walnut and epoxy coffee table top (one piece, resin pre-cured)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eC-shaped base with pre-mounted wheels and included mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnbox the walnut tabletop and the C-shaped base. Attach the base to the underside of the tabletop using the included hardware, typically under 15 minutes with a basic screwdriver. The wheels are pre-mounted to the base; no further assembly required. Place the assembled table on a hard floor or low-pile rug, and slide the C-base under the sofa cushion edge so the tabletop sits over your lap. Roll between sofa and lounge chair as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the walnut and epoxy top with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately; avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the resin clarity and the walnut grain. Use a coaster or trivet under hot items, and keep away from direct sunlight and prolonged moisture to preserve the resin color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit under my sofa or sectional?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe C-base needs roughly 4-5 inches of clearance under the sofa cushion edge to slide under the sofa frame. Most modern sofas with floating cushions and exposed lower frames clear the base; deep-skirted sofas or sectionals with full lower panels may not. Measure the sofa's lower clearance before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow smoothly do the wheels roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe wheels are sized for hard floors, wood, tile, laminate, and low-pile rugs. They roll smoothly with a one-handed push when the table is empty or holding a typical laptop or drink load. Thick high-pile rugs may slow the roll; lift and reposition over deep rugs rather than pushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does assembly work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe table ships semi-assembled, the walnut and epoxy top is one piece, the C-base attaches via included hardware, and the wheels are pre-mounted to the base. Typically under 15 minutes with a basic screwdriver; no specialized tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I style this piece in my space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe C-shaped coffee table pairs with modern living rooms, floating-cushion sofa setups, and warm-toned home offices. Place it where the grain contrasts with surrounding upholstery, then top with one object, a candle or book, so the surface reads as styled. Match nearby wood tones or hardware finishes for a cohesive look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the walnut and epoxy surface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the surface with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust; for occasional cleaning, use a barely-damp cloth with mild soap and dry immediately. Avoid abrasive scrubbers, harsh solvents, or alcohol-based cleaners, they can dull the epoxy clarity and the walnut finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49659591655722,"sku":"FRN-0008","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/wooden-side-table-with-resin-top-1.jpg?v=1762459952"},{"product_id":"model-car-display-shelf","title":"Model Car Display Shelf Metal Wall Art – Round Collector Display Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eModel Car Display Shelf turns collector cars into a wall-mounted garage or hobby-room display without taking over desk or shelf space. The \u003cstrong\u003eModel Car Display Shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut round wall-mounted shelf in powder-coated galvanized metal, multi-tier design rendered in clean cutwork that holds 1\/64-scale collector cars in a gallery-style ring rather than a flat shelf. Available as a 24-inch round in a Black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound gallery-style shelf in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut multi-tier ring with horizontal stage levels, each stage holds one row of 1\/64 scale cars in a gallery-style display rather than a single flat shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWall-mounted display saves desk space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frees up desktop and bookshelf space, the round profile reads as decor rather than storage, and the multi-tier design lets you rotate which collectibles are in the spotlight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, basement display-room placement, and covered outdoor placement, sheds water on covered patios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChecked before packing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Edges, coating, and hardware fit are reviewed before shipment so the product arrives ready for standard home installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e One size (H × W): 24 x 24 in \/ 61 x 61 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2.5 kg \/ 5.5 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel Car Display Shelf (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHome garage feature walls, man-cave decor, automotive workshops, car-themed home offices, and entryway accents all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a workbench, tool chest, or shelving unit, especially in spaces styled around vintage automotive prints, model cars, or garage memorabilia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors and pairs especially well with industrial or contemporary palettes. Match the wall art to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"24 x 24 # 61 x 61","offer_id":49782998466858,"sku":"WA-0207-24","price":129.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/1-64-model-car-display-shelf-metal-wall-mount-round-design-black.jpg?v=1762460042"},{"product_id":"toy-car-display-shelf","title":"Toy Car Display Shelf with Custom Names Metal Wall Art – Personalized Round Display Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eToy Car Display Shelf With Custom Names gives kids' rooms, playrooms, and collector corners a personalized place to display toy cars. The \u003cstrong\u003eToy Car Display Shelf With Custom Names\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut round wall-mounted shelf with a personalized cut-in nameplate in powder-coated galvanized metal, your child's name or hobby phrase laser-cut into the design rather than printed as a removable overlay. Available as a 24-inch round in a Black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePersonalized cut-in nameplate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Your child's name, hobby club name, or collector phrase is laser-cut into the shelf during fabrication, the personalization is part of the powder-coated galvanized metal, not a printed sticker that can wear off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRound multi-tier shelf in cut powder-coated galvanized metal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut multi-tier ring with horizontal stage levels, each stage holds one row of 1\/64 scale cars in a gallery-style display rather than a single flat shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, kids'-room placement, and covered outdoor placement, sheds water on covered patios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetail-led production:\u003c\/strong\u003e The design is cut and finished with attention to the outline, mounting points, and surface quality customers see first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e One size (H × W): 24 x 24 in \/ 61 x 61 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e About 2.5 kg \/ 5.5 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToy Car Display Shelf With Custom Names (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKids' rooms, teen bedrooms, gaming dens, playrooms, and hobby studios all suit this design. The piece works above a desk, bunk bed, or console-gaming station, especially when paired with neutral wall paint or shiplap that lets the cutout silhouette read clearly across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors and pairs especially well with industrial or contemporary palettes. Match the wall art to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"24 x 24 # 61 x 61","offer_id":49829166612778,"sku":"WA-0208-24","price":139.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/decorative-metal-display-shelf-for-scale-cars_2.webp?v=1762460078"},{"product_id":"mountain-and-pine-tree-metal-wall-art-rustic-fireplace-decor","title":"Mountain and Pine Tree Metal Wall Art – Rustic Galvanized Steel Fireplace Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eMountain and Pine Tree gives living rooms, bedrooms, and covered outdoor walls a more intentional focal point without changing the whole room. The \u003cstrong\u003eMountain and Pine Tree Metal Wall Art\u003c\/strong\u003e from Grandmix is a laser-cut mountain-range-with-pine-forest composition in powder-coated galvanized metal, rustic-cabin cutwork that reads as design-school graphic art rather than printed canvas reproduction. Available in 7 sizes in a Black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMountain and pine forest composition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser-cut mountain ridge layered over pine-tree silhouettes, graphic, modern, and reads beautifully above a fireplace mantel, cabin sofa, or rustic-modern feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven sizes from accent to massive feature wall:\u003c\/strong\u003e From 18-inch accent to 63-inch oversized, pick by wall width above a mantel, sofa, console, or open-cabin-great-room feature wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003epowder-coated galvanized metal + powder-coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rust-resistant finish handles indoor humidity, cabin placement, and covered outdoor walls, direct rain on a covered porch is acceptable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStudio-planned proportions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The silhouette, spacing, and finish are reviewed against the listed sizes so the piece reads cleanly on the wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seven sizes (H × W): 18 x 15 in \/ 46 x 38 cm; 24 x 20 in \/ 61 x 51 cm; 32 x 26 in \/ 81 x 66 cm; 40 x 32 in \/ 99 x 83 cm; 47 x 39 in \/ 119 x 99 cm; 55 x 45 in \/ 140 x 115 cm; 63 x 52 in \/ 160 x 132 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish (rust-resistant)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e From about 1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb at smallest; sizes 47-inch and above ship in two-piece sections to prevent transit damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall-mounted; mounting screws and anchors are included, but choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMountain and Pine Tree Metal Wall Art, Rustic Fireplace Decor (size and finish as ordered)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws and wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCare instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use and Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMark the mounting points on the wall using a level. Drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included wall anchors, and drive the mounting screws. Hang the artwork on the screws. Install takes under 15 minutes with a basic drill. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the powder-coated powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry cloth or microfiber to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works; avoid abrasive cleaners or chemical solvents. Designed primarily for indoor walls; covered outdoor placement (porch, patio, balcony) is acceptable including direct rain, the rust-resistant finish sheds water. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does this work best?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLiving room feature walls, bedroom statement pieces, hallway galleries, dining room accents, home office walls, and entryway focal points all suit this design. The piece works as a single statement above a sofa, console, or bed, or paired with smaller decor elements as part of a curated gallery wall arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it mount to the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach piece ships with mounting screws and wall anchors. Mark the mounting points with a level for alignment, drill pilot holes (carbide-tipped bit at low speed for tile installations), insert the included anchors, and drive the screws. Choose anchors rated for your wall material and the art's loaded weight, drywall, plaster, masonry, or tile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDesigned primarily for indoor walls. Covered outdoor placement is acceptable, powder-coated galvanized metal with electrostatic powder-coat finish is rust-resistant and sheds water, so a covered porch, patio, or balcony with direct rain exposure is fine. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry after coastal exposure for longer finish life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I match the finish to existing decor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBlack works with matte-black, chrome, and modern monochrome interiors and pairs especially well with industrial or contemporary palettes. Match the wall art to nearby furniture, hardware, or decor accents for the most cohesive look, especially picture frames, lamp bases, and shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the wall art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe the powder-coated galvanized metal with a soft, dry microfiber cloth to remove dust. For sticky spots or fingerprints, a damp cloth with mild non-abrasive cleaner works. Avoid abrasive scouring pads or chemical solvents that can dull the finish over time. Rinse off any salt-spray and wipe dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Grandmix","offers":[{"title":"18 x 15 # 46 x 38","offer_id":50152865431850,"sku":"WA-0210-18","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24 x 20 # 61 x 51","offer_id":50152865464618,"sku":"WA-0210-24","price":119.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32 x 26 # 81 x 66","offer_id":50152865497386,"sku":"WA-0210-32","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40 x 32 # 99 x 83","offer_id":50152865530154,"sku":"WA-0210-40","price":189.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"47 x 39 # 119 x 99","offer_id":50152865562922,"sku":"WA-0210-47","price":239.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"55 x 45 # 140 x 115","offer_id":50152865595690,"sku":"WA-0210-55","price":275.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"63 x 52 # 160 x 132","offer_id":50152865628458,"sku":"WA-0210-63","price":329.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/files\/rustic_tree_mountain_wall_hanging.jpg?v=1762460863"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0719\/4361\/8858\/collections\/Basliksiz-3.png?v=1778326316","url":"https:\/\/grandmix.store\/en-au\/collections\/metal-home-decor.oembed?page=2","provider":"Grandmix","version":"1.0","type":"link"}